2nz-Fe Engine Control System

01_005-2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.
book i ページ２０１０年１月２０日水曜日午後８時１１分
ENGINE
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SFI SYSTEM
PRECAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-1
PARTS LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-2
SYSTEM DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-5
HOW TO PROCEED WITH TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-8
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-12
BASIC INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-12
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE ES
(2007/08-2010/04). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-13
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE
(2010/04- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-16
TERMINALS OF ECM
(2007/08-2009/10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-18
TERMINALS OF ECM
(2009/10- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-24
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-30
DTC CHECK / CLEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-32
FREEZE FRAME DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-33
CHECK MODE PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-35
FAIL-SAFE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-36
DATA LIST / ACTIVE TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-37
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART
(2007/08-2009/10). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-45
(2009/10- ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-50
P0010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-55
P0011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-59
P0012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-59
P0016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-65
P0031. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-69
P0032. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-69
P0037. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-69
P0038. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-69
P0100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-77
P0102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-77
P0103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-77
P0110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-83
P0112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-83
P0113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-83
P0115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-88
P0117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-88
P0118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-88
P0116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-93
P0120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-95
P0121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-95
P0122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-95
P0123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-95
P0220. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-95
01_005-2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.book ii ページ２０１０年１月２０日水曜日午後８時１１分
P0222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-95
P0223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-95
P2135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-95
P0134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-101
P0136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-110
P0327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-118
P0328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-118
P0335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-122
P0339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-122
P0340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-126
P0351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-129
P0352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-129
P0353 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-129
ES P0354 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-129
P0443 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-137
P0500
(2007/08-2009/10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-141
P0500
(2009/10- ) ........................................... ES-146
P0504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-151
P0560 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-155
P0604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-159
P0606 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-159
P060A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-159
P060D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-159
P060E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-159
P0657 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-159
P0617 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-161
P0724 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-166
P2102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-169
P2103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-169
P2111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-173
P2112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-173
P2118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-175
P2119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-180
P2120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-182
P2122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-182
P2123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-182
P2125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-182
P2127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-182
P2128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-182
P2138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-182
P2121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-189
ECM Power Source Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-192
VC Output Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-201
Fuel Pump Control Circuit
(2007/08-2010/04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-205
(2010/04- ) ........................................... ES-214
Fuel Injector Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-223
Cranking Holding Function Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-229
MIL Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-236
01_005-2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.book iii ページ２０１０年１月２０日水曜日午後８時１１分
THROTTLE BODY
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-240
ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-242
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-242
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-244
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-245
ECM
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-247
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-248
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-251
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-253
ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-254 ES
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-254
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-254
MASS AIR FLOW METER
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-255
ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-256
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-256
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-257
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-257
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-259
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-260
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-260
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-260
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-261
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-263
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-263
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-263
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-265
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-266
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-266
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-266
KNOCK SENSOR
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-268
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-271
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-272
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-272
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (for Sensor 1)
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-275
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-276
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-277
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-278
COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-279
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-280
01_005-2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.book iv ページ２０１０年１月２０日水曜日午後８時１１分
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-281
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-281
INTEGRATION RELAY
COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-283
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-284
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-284
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-285
CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-286
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-289
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-290
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ES-290
ES
01_005-2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.book 1 ページ２０１０年１月２０日水曜日午後８時１１分
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM ES–1
SFI SYSTEM
PRECAUTION
1. FOR USING INTELLIGENT TESTER
CAUTION:
Observe the following items for safety reasons:
• Read the instruction manuals before using the
tester.
• Prevent the tester cable from being caught on the
pedals, shift lever and steering wheel when
driving with the tester connected to the vehicle.
• When driving the vehicle for testing purposes and
using the tester, two persons are required. One ES
for driving the vehicle, and the other for operating
the tester.
ES–2 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM
PARTS LOCATION
MASS AIR FLOW METER

ES - INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
ECM
PURGE VSV
FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY

- FUEL SENDER GAUGE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE ROOM RELAY BLOCK AND JUNCTION BLOCK
- EFI FUSE
- AM2 FUSE
- ST FUSE
- ETCS FUSE
- ST RELAY
- INTEGRATION RELAY
(IG2 RELAY, EFI RELAY)
A161298E01
FUEL INJECTOR
IGNITION COIL
ES
CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
CAMSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR
KNOCK SENSOR ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)
THROTTLE BODY
A164021E03
COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY
IGNITION SWITCH
ES
DLC3
MAIN BODY ECU

ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
(INSTRUMENT PANEL JUNCTION BLOCK)
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
- C/OPN RELAY
- IGN FUSE CLUTCH START SWITCH
- STOP FUSE
A161288E02
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
ECM
IG2
IGN
IGSW
ST1-
STOP ES
STP
To Battery
Stop Light Switch
STSW
Ignition Switch
Diode
Stop Light
To ACC CUT
(Accessory) Relay ACCR IGT1 No.1 Ignition Coil
AM2
STAR
IGT2 No.2 Ignition Coil

Clutch Start
Switch

ST STA
+BM
ETCS IGT4 No.4 Ignition Coil
IGF1
ST
Starter
A161299E01
ECM
MAIN EFI
BATT
Battery +B
+B2
MREL
EFI #10
No.1 Fuel Injector
ES IGN FC
#20
M
No.2 Fuel Injector
Fuel Pump
C/OPN
#30
No.3 Fuel Injector
PRG
Purge VSV
#40
No.4 Fuel Injector
HT1A
OX1A
EX1A
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
HT1B
OX1B
EX1B
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
KNK1
VG
Mass Air Flow Meter E2G EKNK
THA Knock Sensor
ETHA
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
A164005E02
ECM
Generator
ALT
VTA1
IC
IC Combination
W
VTA2 Meter
VCTA
SPD
ETA
Throttle Position Sensor
ES
TACH
M+
TC
DLC3
M-
CANH
Throttle Motor GE01
CANL
VCPA To CAN BUS

IC VPA
EPA
VCP2 RDI ECU-IG
IC VPA2
EPA2
FAN No.1
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
To A/C Amplifier
NE+
NE- M Cooling Fan Motor
Crankshaft Position Sensor
FAN No. 2
G2+
FAN2
Camshaft Position Sensor Cooling Fan Resistor
THW
ETHW
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
A164019E01
ECM
To DEF Relay ELS3 OC1+

ID/UP
OC1-
Defogger
Camshaft Timing Oil
To Headlight ELS Control Valve
ES Dimmer Switch
Taillight
EC
E02
E1
ME01 AC1 A/C Amplifier
E01 ACT
E03
A161289E01
HOW TO PROCEED WITH

TROUBLESHOOTING
HINT:
*: Use an intelligent tester.
1 VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP
NEXT
2 CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS
NEXT
3 CONNECT INTELLIGENT TESTER TO DLC3*
HINT:
If the display indicates a communication fault in the tester,
inspect the DLC3.
NEXT
ES
4 CHECK FOR DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA* (See page ES-32) (See page ES-33)
HINT:
Record or print DTCs and freeze frame data, if necessary.
NEXT
5 CLEAR DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA* (See page ES-32)
NEXT
6 CONDUCT VISUAL INSPECTION
NEXT
7 SET CHECK MODE DIAGNOSIS* (See page ES-35)
NEXT
8 CONFIRM PROBLEM SYMPTOMS
HINT:
If the engine does not start, first perform the "CHECK FOR
DTC" procedures and "CONDUCT BASIC INSPECTION"
procedures below.
Result
Result Proceed to
Malfunction does not occur A
Malfunction occurs B
B GO TO STEP 10
A
9 SIMULATE SYMPTOMS (See page IN-42)
NEXT
10 CHECK FOR DTC* (See page ES-32)
Result
Result Proceed to
Trouble code A
ES No code B
B GO TO STEP 12
11 REFER TO DTC CHART (See page ES-45)
NEXT
GO TO STEP 14
12 CONDUCT BASIC INSPECTION (See page ES-12)
Result
Result Proceed to
Malfunctioning parts not confirmed A
Malfunctioning parts confirmed B
B GO TO STEP 17
13 REFER TO PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE (See page ES-13)
Result
Result Proceed to
Malfunctioning circuit confirmed A
Malfunctioning parts confirmed B
B GO TO STEP 17
A
14 CHECK ECM POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT (See page ES-192)
NEXT
15 CONDUCT CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Result
Result Proceed to
Malfunction not confirmed A
Malfunction confirmed B
ES
B GO TO STEP 18
16 CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (See page ES-12)
NEXT
GO TO STEP 18
17 CONDUCT PARTS INSPECTION
NEXT
18 IDENTIFY PROBLEM
NEXT
19 ADJUST AND/OR REPAIR
NEXT
20 CONDUCT CONFIRMATION TEST
NEXT
END
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT

PROBLEMS
HINT:
Inspect the vehicle's ECM using check mode. Intermittent
problems are easier to detect with an intelligent tester when
the ECM is in check mode. In check mode, the ECM uses 1
trip detection logic, which is more sensitive to malfunctions
than normal mode (default), which uses 2-trip detection logic.
1. Clear DTCs (See page ES-32).
2. Switch the ECM from normal mode to check mode using
the intelligent tester (See page ES-35).
3. Perform a simulation test (See page IN-42).
ES 4. Check and wiggle the harness(es), connector(s) and
terminal(s) (See page IN-58).
BASIC INSPECTION
When the malfunction is not confirmed by the DTC check,
troubleshooting should be carried out in all circuits
considered to be possible causes of the problem. In many
cases, by carrying out the basic engine check shown in the
following flowchart, the location of the problem can be found
quickly and efficiently. Therefore, using this check is essential
when engine troubleshooting.
1 CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
NOTICE:
Conduct this check with the engine stopped and the
ignition switch off.
Result
Result Proceed to
11 V or more OK
Below 11 V NG
NG CHARGE OR REPLACE BATTERY
OK
2 CHECK WHETHER ENGINE CRANKS
NG PROCEED TO PROBLEM SYMPTOMS

TABLE (See page ES-13)
OK
3 CHECK WHETHER ENGINE STARTS
NG GO TO STEP 6
OK
4 CHECK AIR FILTER
(a) Visually check that the air filter is not excessively

contaminated with dirt or oil.
NG REPLACE AIR FILTER
OK
5 CHECK IDLING SPEED (See page EM-2)

ES
NG TROUBLESHOOT IDLING SPEED AND
PROCEED TO NEXT STEP
OK
6 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE (See page FU-6)
NG TROUBLESHOOT FUEL PRESSURE AND

PROCEED TO NEXT STEP
OK
7 CHECK FOR SPARKS (See page IG-3)
NG TROUBLESHOOT SPARK AND PROCEED

TO NEXT STEP
OK
PROCEED TO PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE (See page ES-13)

(2007/08-2010/04)
HINT:
When a malfunction is not confirmed by a DTC (Diagnostic
Trouble Code) check and the causes of problems cannot be
identified through a basic inspection, troubleshoot according
to the priority order indicated in the table below.
SFI System
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Battery CH-4
Starter ST-8
Cranking holding function circuit ES-229
Engine does not crank (Does not start)
Starter relay ST-16
Clutch start switch CL-28
VC output circuit ES-201
ECM power source circuit ES-192
Crankshaft position sensor ES-263
Fuel pump control circuit ES-205
No initial combustion (Does not start)
ES Ignition system
Fuel injector circuit
IG-3
ES-223
Camshaft position sensor ES-260
ECM IN-42
Fuel pump circuit ES-205
Fuel pump FU-29
Engine coolant temperature sensor ES-266
Ignition system IG-3
Engine cranks normally but difficult to start Compression EM-3
Fuel injector FU-14
Fuel injector circuit ES-223
Air induction system EC-3
Throttle body assembly ES-242
Fuel pump FU-29
Ignition circuit ES-129
Incomplete intermittent combustion occurs (Does not Ignition system IG-3

start) Fuel injector FU-14
Valve timing ES-64
A/C signal circuit -
High engine speed (Poor idle) Engine coolant temperature sensor ES-266
PCV valve and hose EC-29
Fuel pump FU-29
Low engine speed (Poor idle) Throttle body assembly ES-242
Engine stalls on deceleration Idle speed (refer to "Low engine speed" symptom) -

Compression EM-3
Mass air flow meter ES-256
Spark plug IG-5
Rough idle
Fuel pump FU-29
Hunting (Poor idling) PCV valve and hose EC-29 ES
A/C signal circuit (Compressor circuit) -
Engine stalls during A/C operation
ECM IN-42
Fuel pump FU-29
Hesitation/Poor acceleration (Poor driveability) Spark plug IG-5
Fuel injector FU-14
Compression EM-3
Fuel pump FU-29
Fuel injector FU-14
Surging (Poor driveability)
Spark plug IG-5
Variable valve timing system ES-55
Compression EM-3
Fuel pump FU-29
Spark plug IG-5
Engine stalls soon after starting Ignition system IG-3
Fuel injector FU-14
Compression EM-3

(2010/04- )
HINT:
When a malfunction is not confirmed by a DTC (Diagnostic
Trouble Code) check and the causes of problems cannot be
identified through a basic inspection, troubleshoot according
to the priority order indicated in the table below.
SFI System
Battery CH-4
Starter ST-8
Cranking holding function circuit ES-229
ES
Engine does not crank (Does not start)
Starter relay ST-16
Clutch start switch CL-28
No initial combustion (Does not start)
ECM IN-50
Fuel pump circuit ES-214
Fuel pump FU-29
Engine coolant temperature sensor ES-266
Engine cranks normally but difficult to start Compression EM-3
Fuel injector FU-14
Fuel pump FU-29
Ignition circuit ES-129
Incomplete intermittent combustion occurs (Does not Ignition system IG-3

start) Fuel injector FU-14
Valve timing ES-64
High engine speed (Poor idle) Engine coolant temperature sensor ES-266
Fuel pump FU-29
Low engine speed (Poor idle) Throttle body assembly ES-242
Engine stalls on deceleration Idle speed (refer to "Low engine speed" symptom) -

Compression EM-3
Spark plug IG-5
Rough idle
Fuel pump FU-29
Hunting (Poor idling) PCV valve and hose EC-29 ES
A/C signal circuit (Compressor circuit) -
Engine stalls during A/C operation
ECM IN-50
Fuel pump FU-29
Hesitation/Poor acceleration (Poor driveability) Spark plug IG-5
Fuel injector FU-14
Compression EM-3
Fuel pump FU-29
Fuel injector FU-14
Surging (Poor driveability)
Spark plug IG-5
Compression EM-3
Fuel pump FU-29
Spark plug IG-5
Engine stalls soon after starting Ignition system IG-3
Fuel injector FU-14
Compression EM-3
TERMINALS OF ECM
(2007/08-2009/10)
C23 A20

ES

A164004E01
HINT:
The standard normal voltage between each pair of the ECM
terminals is shown in the table below. The appropriate
conditions for checking each pair of terminals are also
indicated. The result of checks should be compared with the
standard normal voltage for that pair of the terminals, and
displayed in the "Specified Conditions" column. The
illustration above can be used as a reference to identify the
ECM terminal locations.
Terminal No. (Symbol) Wiring Color Terminal Description Condition Specified Condition
Battery (for measuring
A20-20 (BATT) - C23-104
Y-W battery voltage and for Always 11 to 14 V
(E1)
ECM memory)
A20-2 (+B) - C23-104 (E1) B-W Power source of ECM Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
A20-1 (+B2) - C23-104
B-W Power source of ECM Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
A20-3 (+BM) - C23-43 Power source of throttle
GR - BR Always 11 to 14 V
(ME01) actuator
C23-85 (IGT1) - C23-104
W-W
(E1)
C23-84 (IGT2) - C23-104
O-W
(E1) Ignition coil Pulse generation
Idling
C23-83 (IGT3) - C23-104 (ignition signal) (see waveform 1)
G-W
(E1)
C23-82 (IGT4) - C23-104
LG - W
(E1)
Ignition coil Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V

C23-81 (IGF1) - C23-104
Y-W (ignition confirmation Pulse generation
(E1) Idling
signal) (see waveform 1)
C23-122 (NE+) - C23-121 Pulse generation
L-P Crankshaft position sensor Idling
(NE-) (see waveform 2)
C23-99 (G2+) - C23-121 Pulse generation
B-P Camshaft position sensor Idling
C23-108 (#10) - C23-45
SB - BR
(E01)
Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
C23-107 (#20) - C23-45
GR - BR
(E01)
Fuel injector
C23-106 (#30) - C23-45
P - BR
(E01) Pulse generation
Idling
C23-105 (#40) - C23-45 (see waveform 3)
L - BR
(E01)
C23-109 (HT1A) - C23-86 Heated oxygen sensor Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V

G-W
(E03) (sensor 1) heater Idling Below 3.0 V
Engine speed maintained
C23-112 (OX1A) - C23-90 Heated oxygen sensor Pulse generation
W-L at 2500 rpm for 2 minutes
(EX1A) (sensor 1) (see waveform 4)
after warming up sensor
C23-47 (HT1B) - C23-86

LG - W
Heated oxygen sensor Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V ES
C23-64 (OX1B) - C23-87 Heated oxygen sensor Pulse generation
G - GR at 2500 rpm for 2 minutes
(EX1B) (sensor 2) (see waveform 5)
C23-110 (KNK1) - C23- Pulse generation
R-G Knock sensor at 4000 rpm after warming
111 (EKNK) (see waveform 6)
up engine
A20-8 (SPD) - C23-104 Speed signal from Driving at 20 km/h (12 Pulse generation
V-W
(E1) combination meter mph) (see waveform 7)
C23-97 (THW) - C23-96 Engine coolant Idling, Engine coolant
L-P 0.2 to 1.0 V
(ETHW) temperature sensor temperature 80°C (176°F)
Intake air temperature
C23-65 (THA) - C23-88 Idling, Intake air
P-O sensor (built into mass air 0.5 to 3.4 V
(ETHA) temperature 20°C (68°F)
flow meter
C23-118 (VG) - C23-116 Idling, transmission gear
GR - LG Mass air flow meter 0.5 to 3.0 V
(E2G) neutral, A/C switch OFF
Ignition switch ON (MIL
A20-24 (W) - C23-104 Below 3.0 V
B-W MIL goes on)
(E1)
Idling 11 to 14 V
A20-48 (STA) - C23-104 Ignition switch ON Below 1.5 V

BR - W Starter signal
(E1) Cranking 5.5 V or more
C23-52 (STAR) - C23-104 Ignition switch ON Below 1.5 V

O-W Starter relay control
A20-13 (ACCR) - C23-45 ACC (cut) relay control Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
G - BR
(E01) signal Cranking Below 1.5 V
A20-14 (STSW) - C23-104 Starter relay operation Ignition switch ON Below 1.5 V
B-W
(E1) signal Cranking 11 to 14 V
Ignition switch ON,
0.5 to 1.1 V
C23-115 (VTA1) - C23-91 Throttle position sensor Throttle valve fully closed
Y-V
(ETA) (for engine control) Ignition switch ON,
3.3 to 4.9 V
Throttle valve fully open
Ignition switch ON,
Accelerator pedal 2.1 to 3.1 V
Throttle position sensor released
C23-114 (VTA2) - C23-91
GR - V (for sensor malfunction
(ETA) Ignition switch ON,
detection)
depressed
C23-67 (VCTA) - C23-91 Power source of sensor
W-V Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V
(ETA) (specific voltage)
Power source of
A20-57 (VCPA) - A20-59
B-G accelerator pedal position Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V
(EPA)
sensor (for VPA)
Ignition switch ON,
A20-55 (VPA) - A20-59 Accelerator pedal position released
R-G
(EPA) sensor (for engine control) Ignition switch ON,
Accelerator pedal fully 2.6 to 4.5 V
depressed
Ignition switch ON,
Accelerator pedal position released
A20-56 (VPA2) - A20-60
L - BR sensor (for sensor
(EPA2) Ignition switch ON,
malfunctioning detection)
depressed
Power source of
A20-58 (VCP2) - A20-60
ES (EPA2)
W - BR accelerator pedal position
sensor (for VPA2)
Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V
C23-42 (M+) - C23-43 Pulse generation

G - BR Throttle actuator Idling with warm engine
(ME01) (see waveform 8)
C23-41 (M-) - C23-43 Pulse generation
R - BR Throttle actuator Idling with warm engine
A20-36 (STP) - C23-104 Brake pedal depressed 11 to 14 V

G-W Stop light switch
(E1) Brake pedal released Below 1.5 V
Ignition switch ON, Brake
Below 1.5 V
A20-35 (ST1-) - C23-104 pedal depressed
Y-W Stop light switch
(E1) Ignition switch ON, Brake
11 to 14 V
pedal released
C23-49 (PRG) - C23-45
L - BR Purge VSV Pulse generation
(E01) Idling, under purge control
(see waveform 10)
A20-7 (FC) - C23-45 (E01) V - BR Fuel pump control
Idling Below 1.5 V
A20-15 (TACH) - C23-104 Pulse generation
LG - W Engine speed Idling
(E1) (see waveform 11)
A20-27 (TC) - C23-104
P-W Terminal TC of DLC3 Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
C23-100 (OC1+) - C23- Camshaft timing oil control Pulse generation
BR - R Idling
123 (OC1-) valve (OCV) (see waveform 12)
A20-41 (CANH) - C23-104 Pulse generation
L-W CAN communication line Ignition switch ON
A20-49 (CANL) - C23-104 Pulse generation
W-W CAN communication line Ignition switch ON
C23-50 (ALT) - C23-104
P-W Generator Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
A20-22 (FAN2) - C23-104 Idling with high engine
LG - W NO. 2 FAN relay Below 1.5 V
(E1) coolant temperature
A20-28 (IGSW) - C23-104
R-W Ignition switch Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
A20-44 (MREL) - C23-104
GR - W EFI relay Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
A20-31 (ELS) - C23-104 Tail light switch on 7.5 to 14 V

G-W Electric load
(E1) Tail light switch off Below 1.5 V
A20-33 (ELS3) - C23-104 Defogger switch on 7.5 to 14 V

V-W Electric load
(E1) Defogger switch off Below 1.5 V
1. WAVEFORM 1
2 v/DIV Igniter IGT signal (from ECM to igniter)
Between IGT (1 to 4) and E1
ECM Terminal Name
Between IGF1 and E1
IGT1 Tester Range 2 v/DIV, 20 ms/DIV
to 4 GND
Condition Idling
IGF1
HINT:
GND The wavelength becomes shorter as the engine rpm
20 ms/DIV
A122717E05
increases.
2. WAVEFORM 2
Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position
sensors
Between G2+ and NE-
ES
5 v/DIV ECM Terminal Name
Between NE+ and NE-
Tester Range 5 v/DIV, 20 ms/DIV
CH1 GND
(G2) Condition Idle after engine warmed-up
HINT:
CH2 The wavelength becomes shorter as the engine rpm
(NE+) GND increases.
20 ms/DIV
A063955E29
3. WAVEFORM 3
20 v/DIV No. 1 (to No. 4) fuel injector signal
ECM Terminal Name Between #10 (to #40) and E01
Condition Idling
HINT:
increases.
20 ms/DIV A093279E15
4. WAVEFORM 4
Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1)
ECM Terminal Name Between OX1A and EX1A
0.2 v/DIV Tester Range 0.2 v/DIV, 200 ms/DIV
Maintain engine speed at 2500 rpm for 2 minutes after
Condition
warming up sensor
HINT:
In the Data List, the items O2S B1 S1 show the values
input to the ECM from the heated oxygen sensor (sensor
1).
GND
200 ms/DIV
A005132E06
5. WAVEFORM 5
0.2 v/DIV Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 2)
ECM Terminal Name Between OX1B and EX1B
Tester Range 0.2 v/DIV, 200 ms/DIV
Condition
warming up sensor
GND HINT:
200 ms/DIV A088863E24
2).
6. WAVEFORM 6
Knock sensor
ES 500 mv/DIV
ECM Terminal Name Between KNK1 and EKNK
Tester Range 500 mv/DIV, 1 ms/DIV
Maintain engine RPM at 4000 rpm after engine warmed-
GND Condition
up
HINT:
• The wavelength becomes shorter as the engine rpm
1 ms/DIV
A085286E46
increases.
• The waveforms and amplitudes displayed differ
slightly depending on the vehicle condition.
7. WAVEFORM 7
2 v/DIV
Vehicle speed signal
ECM Terminal Name Between SPD and E1
Condition Driving at 20 km/h (12 mph)
GND HINT:
• The wavelength becomes shorter as the vehicle
speed increases.
20 ms/DIV A005135E41 • Depending on the vehicle, the output waveform
voltage may rise to 12 V if influenced by optionally
installed systems.
8. WAVEFORM 8
5 v/DIV Throttle actuator positive terminal
ECM Terminal Name Between M+ and ME01
Condition Idle after engine warmed-up
GND HINT:
The duty ratio varies depending on the throttle actuator
operation.
1ms/DIV
A093274E22
9. WAVEFORM 9
5 v/DIV Throttle actuator negative terminal
ECM Terminal Name Between M- and ME01
Tester Range 5 v/DIV, 1ms/DIV
GND
HINT:
operation.
1ms/DIV
A093275E23
10. WAVEFORM 10
Purge VSV
ECM Terminal Name Between PRG and E01 ES
10 v/DIV Tester Range 10 v/DIV, 20 ms/DIV
Condition Idling, under purge control
HINT:
If the waveform is not similar to the illustration, check the
GND waveform again after idling for 10 minutes or more.
20 ms/DIV
A149742E03
11. WAVEFORM 11
Engine speed signal
5 v/DIV
ECM Terminal Name Between TACH and E1
Condition Idling
GND
HINT:
The wavelength becomes shorter as the engine rpm
increases.
10 ms/DIV A093225E21
12. WAVEFORM 12
5 v/DIV Camshaft timing oil control valve (OCV)
ECM Terminal Name Between OC1+ and OC1-
Condition Idling
GND
1ms/DIV A093229E21
13. WAVEFORM 13
CAN communication signal (Reference)
1 v/DIV ECM Terminal Name Between CANH and E1
Tester Range 1 v/DIV, 10 µs/DIV
Condition Engine stop and ignition switch ON
HINT:
GND The waveform varies depending on the CAN
communication signal.
10 μs/DIV A086154E25
14. WAVEFORM 14
ES
1 v/DIV
ECM Terminal Name Between CANL and E1
HINT:
GND
The waveform varies depending on the CAN
10 μs/DIV
A086155E26
TERMINALS OF ECM
(2009/10- )
C23 A20

A164004E01
HINT:
The standard normal voltage between each pair of the ECM
terminals is shown in the table below. The appropriate
conditions for checking each pair of terminals are also
indicated. The result of checks should be compared with the
standard normal voltage for that pair of the terminals, and
displayed in the "Specified Conditions" column. The
illustration above can be used as a reference to identify the
ECM terminal locations.
Battery (for measuring
A20-20 (BATT) - C23-104
Y-W battery voltage and for Always 11 to 14 V
(E1)
ECM memory)
A20-2 (+B) - C23-104 (E1) B-W Power source of ECM Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
A20-1 (+B2) - C23-104
B-W Power source of ECM Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
A20-3 (+BM) - C23-43 Power source of throttle
GR - BR Always 11 to 14 V
(ME01) actuator
C23-85 (IGT1) - C23-104
W-W
(E1)
C23-84 (IGT2) - C23-104
BE - W
(E1) Ignition coil Pulse generation
Idling
C23-83 (IGT3) - C23-104 (ignition signal) (see waveform 1)
G-W
(E1)
C23-82 (IGT4) - C23-104
LG - W
(E1)
C23-81 (IGF1) - C23-104
(E1)
Y-W
Ignition coil
(ignition confirmation
Idling
Pulse generation ES
signal) (see waveform 1)
C23-122 (NE+) - C23-121 Pulse generation
L-P Crankshaft position sensor Idling
C23-99 (G2+) - C23-121 Pulse generation
B-P Camshaft position sensor Idling
C23-108 (#10) - C23-45
SB - BR
(E01)
C23-107 (#20) - C23-45
GR - BR
(E01)
Fuel injector
C23-106 (#30) - C23-45
P - BR
(E01) Pulse generation
Idling
C23-105 (#40) - C23-45 (see waveform 3)
L - BR
(E01)
C23-109 (HT1A) - C23-86 Heated oxygen sensor Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V

G-W
C23-112 (OX1A) - C23-90 Heated oxygen sensor Pulse generation
W-L at 2500 rpm for 2 minutes
(EX1A) (sensor 1) (see waveform 4)
C23-47 (HT1B) - C23-86 Heated oxygen sensor Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V

LG - W
C23-64 (OX1B) - C23-87 Heated oxygen sensor Pulse generation
G - GR at 2500 rpm for 2 minutes
(EX1B) (sensor 2) (see waveform 5)
C23-110 (KNK1) - C23- Pulse generation
R-G Knock sensor at 4000 rpm after warming
111 (EKNK) (see waveform 6)
up engine
A20-8 (SPD) - C23-104 Speed signal from Driving at 20 km/h (12 Pulse generation
V-W
(E1) combination meter mph) (see waveform 7)
C23-97 (THW) - C23-96 Engine coolant Idling, Engine coolant
L-P 0.2 to 1.0 V
(ETHW) temperature sensor temperature 80°C (176°F)
Intake air temperature
C23-65 (THA) - C23-88 Idling, Intake air
P - BE sensor (built into mass air 0.5 to 3.4 V
(ETHA) temperature 20°C (68°F)
flow meter
C23-118 (VG) - C23-116 Idling, transmission gear
GR - LG Mass air flow meter 0.5 to 3.0 V
(E2G) neutral, A/C switch OFF
Ignition switch ON (MIL
A20-24 (W) - C23-104 Below 3.0 V
B-W MIL goes on)
(E1)
Idling 11 to 14 V
A20-48 (STA) - C23-104 Ignition switch ON Below 1.5 V

BR - W Starter signal
C23-52 (STAR) - C23-104 Ignition switch ON Below 1.5 V

BE - W Starter relay control
A20-13 (ACCR) - C23-45 ACC (cut) relay control Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V

G - BR
(E01) signal Cranking Below 1.5 V
A20-14 (STSW) - C23-104 Starter relay operation Ignition switch ON Below 1.5 V
B-W
(E1) signal Cranking 11 to 14 V
Ignition switch ON,
0.5 to 1.1 V
C23-115 (VTA1) - C23-91 Throttle position sensor Throttle valve fully closed
Y-V
(ETA) (for engine control) Ignition switch ON,
3.3 to 4.9 V
Throttle valve fully open
Ignition switch ON,
Throttle position sensor released
C23-114 (VTA2) - C23-91
GR - V (for sensor malfunction
(ETA) Ignition switch ON,
detection)
ES Accelerator pedal
depressed
4.6 to 5.5 V
C23-67 (VCTA) - C23-91 Power source of sensor

W-V Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V
(ETA) (specific voltage)
Power source of
A20-57 (VCPA) - A20-59
B-G accelerator pedal position Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V
(EPA)
sensor (for VPA)
Ignition switch ON,
A20-55 (VPA) - A20-59 Accelerator pedal position released
R-G
(EPA) sensor (for engine control) Ignition switch ON,
depressed
Ignition switch ON,
Accelerator pedal position released
A20-56 (VPA2) - A20-60
L - BR sensor (for sensor
(EPA2) Ignition switch ON,
malfunctioning detection)
depressed
Power source of
A20-58 (VCP2) - A20-60
W - BR accelerator pedal position Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V
(EPA2)
sensor (for VPA2)
C23-42 (M+) - C23-43 Pulse generation
G - BR Throttle actuator Idling with warm engine
C23-41 (M-) - C23-43 Pulse generation
R - BR Throttle actuator Idling with warm engine
A20-36 (STP) - C23-104 Brake pedal depressed 11 to 14 V

G-W Stop light switch
(E1) Brake pedal released Below 1.5 V
Ignition switch ON, Brake
Below 1.5 V
A20-35 (ST1-) - C23-104 pedal depressed
Y-W Stop light switch
(E1) Ignition switch ON, Brake
11 to 14 V
pedal released
C23-49 (PRG) - C23-45
L - BR Purge VSV Pulse generation
(E01) Idling, under purge control
(see waveform 10)
A20-7 (FC) - C23-45 (E01) V - BR Fuel pump control
Idling Below 1.5 V
A20-15 (TACH) - C23-104 Pulse generation
LG - W Engine speed Idling
A20-27 (TC) - C23-104
P-W Terminal TC of DLC3 Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
C23-100 (OC1+) - C23- Camshaft timing oil control Pulse generation
BR - R Idling
123 (OC1-) valve (OCV) (see waveform 12)
A20-41 (CANH) - C23-104 Pulse generation
L-W CAN communication line Ignition switch ON
A20-49 (CANL) - C23-104 Pulse generation
W-W CAN communication line Ignition switch ON
C23-50 (ALT) - C23-104
P-W Generator Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
A20-22 (FAN2) - C23-104 Idling with high engine
LG - W NO. 2 FAN relay Below 1.5 V
(E1) coolant temperature
A20-28 (IGSW) - C23-104
R-W Ignition switch Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
A20-44 (MREL) - C23-104
GR - W EFI relay Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(E1)
A20-31 (ELS) - C23-104 Tail light switch on 7.5 to 14 V

G-W Electric load
(E1) Tail light switch off Below 1.5 V
A20-33 (ELS3) - C23-104

(E1)
V-W Electric load
Defogger switch on
Defogger switch off
7.5 to 14 V
Below 1.5 V
ES
1. WAVEFORM 1
2 v/DIV Igniter IGT signal (from ECM to igniter)
Between IGT (1 to 4) and E1
ECM Terminal Name
Between IGF1 and E1
IGT1 Tester Range 2 v/DIV, 20 ms/DIV
to 4 GND
Condition Idling
IGF1
HINT:
20 ms/DIV
A122717E05
increases.
2. WAVEFORM 2
Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position
sensors
Between G2+ and NE-
5 v/DIV ECM Terminal Name
Between NE+ and NE-
CH1 GND
(G2) Condition Idle after engine warmed-up
HINT:
CH2 The wavelength becomes shorter as the engine rpm
(NE+) GND increases.
20 ms/DIV
A063955E29
3. WAVEFORM 3
20 v/DIV No. 1 (to No. 4) fuel injector signal
ECM Terminal Name Between #10 (to #40) and E01
Condition Idling
HINT:
increases.
20 ms/DIV A093279E15
4. WAVEFORM 4
Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1)
ECM Terminal Name Between OX1A and EX1A
0.2 v/DIV Tester Range 0.2 v/DIV, 200 ms/DIV
Condition
warming up sensor
HINT:
1).
GND
200 ms/DIV
ES
A005132E06
5. WAVEFORM 5
0.2 v/DIV Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 2)
ECM Terminal Name Between OX1B and EX1B
Tester Range 0.2 v/DIV, 200 ms/DIV
Condition
warming up sensor
GND HINT:
200 ms/DIV A088863E24
2).
6. WAVEFORM 6
Knock sensor
ECM Terminal Name Between KNK1 and EKNK
500 mv/DIV
Tester Range 500 mv/DIV, 1 ms/DIV
Maintain engine RPM at 4000 rpm after engine warmed-
GND Condition
up
HINT:
• The wavelength becomes shorter as the engine rpm
1 ms/DIV
A085286E46
increases.
• The waveforms and amplitudes displayed differ
slightly depending on the vehicle condition.
7. WAVEFORM 7
2 v/DIV
Vehicle speed signal
ECM Terminal Name Between SPD and E1
GND HINT:
speed increases.
20 ms/DIV A005135E41 • Depending on the vehicle, the output waveform
installed systems.
8. WAVEFORM 8
5 v/DIV Throttle actuator positive terminal
ECM Terminal Name Between M+ and ME01
GND HINT:
operation.
1ms/DIV
A093274E22
9. WAVEFORM 9
5 v/DIV Throttle actuator negative terminal
ECM Terminal Name Between M- and ME01 ES
Tester Range 5 v/DIV, 1ms/DIV
GND
HINT:
operation.
1ms/DIV
A093275E23
10. WAVEFORM 10
Purge VSV
ECM Terminal Name Between PRG and E01
10 v/DIV Tester Range 10 v/DIV, 20 ms/DIV
Condition Idling, under purge control
HINT:
If the waveform is not similar to the illustration, check the
GND waveform again after idling for 10 minutes or more.
20 ms/DIV
A149742E03
11. WAVEFORM 11
Engine speed signal
5 v/DIV
ECM Terminal Name Between TACH and E1
Condition Idling
GND
HINT:
The wavelength becomes shorter as the engine rpm
increases.
10 ms/DIV A093225E21
12. WAVEFORM 12
5 v/DIV Camshaft timing oil control valve (OCV)
ECM Terminal Name Between OC1+ and OC1-
Condition Idling
GND
1ms/DIV A093229E21
13. WAVEFORM 13
ES 1 v/DIV ECM Terminal Name Between CANH and E1
HINT:
GND The waveform varies depending on the CAN
10 μs/DIV A086154E25
14. WAVEFORM 14
1 v/DIV
ECM Terminal Name Between CANL and E1
HINT:
GND
The waveform varies depending on the CAN
10 μs/DIV
A086155E26
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
1. EURO-OBD
When troubleshooting Europe On-Board Diagnostic
(Euro-OBD) vehicles, the vehicle must be connected to
an OBD scan tool (complying with ISO 15765-4). Various
data output from the vehicle's ECM can then be read.
Euro-OBD regulations require that the vehicle's on-board
computer illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
FI02547E03
(MIL) on the instrument panel when the computer
detects a malfunction in:
(a) The emission control system components.
(b) The power train control components (which affect
vehicle emissions).
(c) The computer
In addition, if the applicable Diagnostic Trouble Codes

(DTCs) prescribed by ISO 15765-4 are recorded in the
ECM memory. If the malfunction does not reoccur in 3
consecutive trips, the MIL turns off automatically but the
DTCs remain recorded in the ECM memory.
To check DTCs, connect an intelligent tester or OBD
scan tool to the Data Link Connector 3 (DLC3) of the
vehicle.
The scan tool displays DTCs, the freeze frame data and
a variety of engine data.
The DTCs and freeze frame data can be erased using
the scan tool (See page ES-32).
2. M-OBD
When troubleshooting Multiplex On-Board Diagnostic ES
(M-OBD) vehicle, the vehicle must be connected to an
intelligent tester. Various data output from the ECM can
then be read.
OBD regulations require that the vehicle's on-board
computer illuminates the MIL on the instrument panel
when the computer detects a malfunction in:
(a) The emission control system/components.
FI02547E03 (b) The power train control components (which affect
vehicle emissions).
(c) The computer
In addition, the applicable DTCs are recorded in the
ECM memory. If the malfunction does not recur in 3
consecutive trips, the MIL turns off automatically but the
DTCs remain recorded in the ECM memory.
3. NORMAL MODE AND CHECK MODE
The diagnosis system operates in "normal mode" during
normal vehicle use. In normal mode, "2-trip detection
logic" is used to ensure accurate detection of
malfunctions. "Check mode" is also available to
technicians as an option. In check mode, "1-trip
detection logic" is used for simulating malfunction
symptoms and increasing the system's ability to detect
malfunctions, including intermittent malfunctions
(intelligent tester only).
4. 2-TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is first detected, the malfunction is
temporarily stored in the ECM memory (1st trip). If the
same malfunction is detected again after the ignition
switch is turned off and then to ON, the MIL will be
illuminated.
5. DLC3 (Data Link Connector 3) (See page IN-40)
6. INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE
Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
If the voltage is below 11 V, replace the battery before
proceeding to the next step.
7. CHECK MIL
(a) Check that the MIL illuminates when the ignition
switch is turned to ON.
If the MIL does not illuminate, there is a problem in
the MIL circuit (See page ES-236).
(b) When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off.
DTC CHECK / CLEAR

NOTICE:
When the diagnosis system is changed from normal
mode to check mode or vice versa, all DTCs and freeze
frame data that were recorded in normal mode are
erased. Before changing modes, always check and make
ES a note of any DTCs and freeze frame data.
HINT:
• DTCs which are stored in the ECM can be displayed on an
intelligent tester. The intelligent tester can display both
current and pending DTCs.
• Malfunctions that were not detected a second time by the
ECM during the second driving cycle are stored as
pending DTCs.
1. CHECK FOR DTC (Using intelligent tester)
(a) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the tester on.
(c) Select the following menu items: Powertrain /
Engine and ECT / DTC.
(d) Check the DTC(s) and freeze frame data, and then
write them down.
(e) Check the details of the DTC(s) (See page ES-45).
2. CLEAR DTC (Using intelligent tester)
Engine and ECT / DTC / Clear.
(d) Press the YES button.
3. CLEAR DTC (Without using intelligent tester)
Engine Room Relay Block and
(a) Perform either of the following operations:
Junction Block
(1) Disconnect the cable from the negative (-)
EFI Fuse battery terminal for more than 1 minute.
(2) Remove the EFI and ETCS fuses from the
engine room relay block and junction block
(located inside the engine compartment) for
more than 1 minute.
ETCS Fuse
A112606E05
FREEZE FRAME DATA

1. DESCRIPTION
Freeze frame data records the engine conditions (fuel
system, calculated load, engine coolant temperature,
fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, etc.) when a
malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting, freeze
frame data can help determine if the vehicle was running
or stopped, if the engine was warmed up or not, if the air-
fuel ratio was Lean or Rich, and other data from the time
the malfunction occurred.
HINT:
If it is impossible to duplicate the problem even though a
DTC is detected, confirm the freeze frame data.
The ECM records engine conditions in the form of freeze
ES
frame data every 0.5 seconds. Using an intelligent tester,
DTC was set.
five separate sets of freeze frame data can be checked.
– 3 data sets before the DTC was set.
– 1 data set when the DTC was set.
0.5 seconds 0.5 seconds 0.5 seconds
– 1 data set after the DTC was set.
These data sets can be used to simulate the condition
of the vehicle around the time of the occurrence of the
malfunction. The data may assist in identifying the
cause of the malfunction, and in judging whether it
was temporary or not.
2. LIST OF FREEZE FRAME DATA
Freeze frame data which can be read
A103809E29
LABEL
Measurement Item/Range Diagnostic Note
(Tester Display)
Injector Injection period of No.1 cylinder -
IGN Advance Ignition advance for No.1 cylinder -
Calculate Load Calculated load by ECM Calculated load by ECM
Vehicle Load Vehicle load -
If approximately 0.0 g/sec:
• Mass air flow meter power source circuit
open or shorted
MAF Mass air flow volume
• VG circuit open or shorted
If 160.0 g/sec or more:
• E2G circuit open
Engine Speed Engine speed -
Vehicle Speed Vehicle speed Speed indicated on speedometer
If -40°C (-40°F), sensor circuit open
Coolant Temp Engine coolant temperature If 140°C (284°F) or more, sensor circuit
shorted
If -40°C (-40°F), sensor circuit open
Intake Air Intake air temperature If 140°C (284°F) or more, sensor circuit
shorted
Air-Fuel Ratio Ratio compared to stoichiometric level -
Purge Density Learn Value Learning value of purge density -
Ratio of evaporative purge flow to intake air
Evap Purge Flow -
volume
EVAP (Purge) VSV EVAP purge VSV duty ratio -
Knock Correct Learn Value Correction learning value of knocking -
LABEL
(Tester Display)
Knock Feedback Value Feedback value of knocking -
Accelerator Position No. 1 Absolute accelerator pedal position No.1 -
Accelerator Position No. 2 Absolute accelerator pedal position No. 2 -
Throttle Position Throttle position -
Throttle Sensor Position Throttle sensor positioning -
Throttle Sensor Position #2 Throttle sensor positioning #2 -
Throttle Motor Throttle actuator -
Performing Control the Injection Volume or
Heated oxygen sensor output voltage for Control the Injection Volume for A/F Sensor
O2S B1 S1
sensor 1 function of Active Test enables technician to
check output voltage of sensor
ES Heated oxygen sensor output voltage for

Performing Control the Injection Volume or
Control the Injection Volume for A/F Sensor
O2S B1 S2
sensor 2 function of Active Test enables technician to
Short-term fuel compensation used to
Short FT #1 Short-term fuel trim maintain air-fuel ratio at stoichiometric air-fuel
ratio
Overall fuel compensation carried out in long-
Long FT #1 Long-term fuel trim term to compensate for continual deviation of
short-term fuel trim from central value
• OL (Open Loop): Has not yet satisfied
conditions to go closed loop
• CL (Closed Loop): Using heated oxygen
sensor as feedback for fuel control
• OL DRIVE: Open loop due to driving
Fuel System Status (Bank 1) Fuel system status (Bank 1) conditions (fuel enrichment)
• OL FAULT: Open loop due to detected
system fault
• CL FAULT: Closed loop but heated
oxygen sensor, which used for fuel control
malfunctioning
Fuel System Status (Bank 2) Fuel system status (Bank 2) Unused
O2FT B1 S1 Fuel trim at heated oxygen sensor -
O2FT B1 S2 Fuel trim at heated oxygen sensor -
Initial Engine Coolant Temp Engine coolant temperature at engine start -
Initial Intake Air Temp Intake air temperature at engine start -
Injection Volum (Cylinder 1) Injection volume -
ACC Relay ACC (Accessory) relay -
Starter Relay Starter relay (STA) signal -
Starter Signal Starter switch (STSW) signal -
Starter Control Starter control (STAR) signal -
Power Steering Switch Power Steering Signal -
Signal status usually ON until battery
Power Steering Signal Power Steering Signal (history)
terminals disconnected
Closed Throttle Position SW Closed throttle position switch -
A/C Signal A/C signal -
Neutral Position SW Signal Clutch start switch signal -
Electrical Load Signal Electrical load signal -
Stop Light Switch Stop light switch -
Immobiliser Communication Immobiliser status Unused
Fuel Cut Condition Fuel cut status -
Battery Voltage Battery voltage -
Atmosphere Pressure Atmosphere pressure -
ACT VSV A/C cut status -
LABEL
(Tester Display)
EVAP Purge VSV EVAP Purge VSV status -
Fuel Pump/Speed Status Fuel pump/speed status -
VVT Control Status (Bank 1) VVT control status (bank 1) -
Electric Fan Motor Electric fan motor -
TC and TE1 TC and CG(TE1) terminals of DLC3 -
Engine Speed of Cyl #1 Engine rpm during No. 1 cylinder fuel cut Active test support data
Average of engine rpm values during fuel cut
Av Engine Speed of All Cyl Active test support data
VVT Aim Angle (Bank 1)

of No. 1 to No. 4 cylinders
VVT aim angle (bank 1) -
ES
VVT Change Angle (Bank 1) VVT angle (bank 1) -
VVT OCV Duty (Bank 1) VVT OCV operation duty (bank 1) -
ON: when throttle valve fully closed and
Idle Fuel Cut Idle fuel cut
engine speed over 1500 rpm
Fuel cut being performed with very light load
FC TAU Fuel cut with very light load
to prevent incomplete engine combustion
Engine Run Time Accumulated engine running time -
Time after DTC Cleared Cumulative time after DTC cleared -
Distance from DTC Cleared Accumulated distance after DTC cleared -
Warmup Cycle Cleared DTC Warm-up cycle after DTC cleared -
CHECK MODE PROCEDURE

HINT:
Intelligent tester only:
Compared to normal mode, check mode is more sensitive to
malfunctions. Therefore, check mode can detect the
malfunctions that cannot be detected by normal mode.
NOTICE:
All the stored DTCs and freeze frame data are erased if:
1) the ECM is changed from normal mode to check mode
or vice versa; or 2) the ignition switch is turned from ON
to ACC or off while in check mode. Before changing
modes, always check and make a note of any DTCs and
freeze frame data.
1. CHECK MODE PROCEDURE (Using intelligent
tester)
(a) Check and ensure the following conditions:
(1) Battery positive voltage 11 V or more.
(2) Throttle valve fully closed.
(3) Transmission in the neutral position.
(4) A/C switch off.
(b) Turn the ignition switch off.
(c) Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(d) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
(e) Turn the tester on.
(f) Select the following menu items: Utility / Check
Mode.
(g) Switch the ECM from normal mode to check mode.
(h) Make sure that the MIL flashes as shown in the

illustration.
0.13 seconds (i) Start the engine.
(j) Make sure that the MIL turns off.
ON
(k) Simulate the conditions of the malfunction described
by the customer.
OFF (l) Check for DTCs and freeze frame data using the
tester.
0.13 seconds
A076900E04
FAIL-SAFE CHART
If any of the following DTCs are set, the ECM enters fail-safe
mode to allow the vehicle to be driven temporarily.
ES DTC Code Component Fail-Safe Operation
Fail-Safe Deactivation
Condition
Heated Oxygen (HO2) Sensor
P0031, P0032, P0037 and P0038 ECM turns off HO2 sensor heater. Ignition switch off
Heater
ECM calculates ignition timing
P0100, P0102 and P0103 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Meter according to engine speed and Pass condition detected
throttle valve position.
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) ECM estimates IAT to be 20°C
P0110, P0112 and P0113 Pass condition detected
Sensor (68°F).
Engine Coolant Temperature ECM estimates ECT to be 80°C
P0115, P0117 and P0118 Pass condition detected
(ECT) Sensor (176°F).
ECM cuts off throttle actuator
current and throttle valve is
returned to 6° throttle position by
P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, return spring.
P0220, P0222, P0223, P0604, ECM then adjusts engine output
Electronic Throttle Control Pass condition detected and then
P0606, P060A, P060D, P060E, by controlling fuel injection
System (ETCS) ignition switch turned off
P0657, P2102, P2103, P2111, (intermittent fuel-cut) and ignition
P2112, P2118, P2119 and P2135 timing in accordance with
accelerator pedal opening angle
to allow vehicle to continue at
minimal speed*.
ECM sets ignition timing to
P0327 and P0328 Knock Sensor Ignition switch off
maximum retard.
P0351, P0352, P0353 and P0354 Igniter ECM cuts fuel. Pass condition detected
APP sensor has 2 sensor circuits:
Main and Sub.
If either circuit malfunctions, ECM
controls engine using the other
P2120, P2121, P2122, P2123, Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) circuit. Pass condition detected and then
P2125, P2127, P2128 and P2138 Sensor If both circuits malfunction, ECM ignition switch turned off
regards accelerator pedal as
being released. As a result,
throttle valve is closed and engine
idles.
NOTICE:
*: The vehicle can be driven slowly when the accelerator
pedal is depressed firmly and slowly. If the accelerator
pedal is depressed quickly, the vehicle may speed up
and slow down erratically.
DATA LIST / ACTIVE TEST

1. DATA LIST
HINT:
By reading the Data List displayed on an intelligent
tester, values can be checked, including those of the
switches, sensors, and actuators, without removing any
parts. Reading the Data List as the first step in
troubleshooting is one method to shorten diagnostic
time.
NOTICE:
In the table below, the values listed under Normal
Condition are for reference only. Do not depend
solely on these values when determining whether or
not a part is faulty.
ES
(a) Warm up the engine.
(b) Turn the ignition switch off.
(c) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(f) Select the following menu items: Powertrain /
Engine and ECT / Data List.
(g) Check the values by referring to the table below.
HINT:
If no idling conditions are specified, the transmission gear
should be in the neutral position, and the A/C switch and all
accessory switches should be off.
Tester Display Measurement Item/Range Normal Condition *1 Diagnostic Note
Injection period of No. 1 cylinder: 1 to 3 ms: Idling, engine warmed
Injector -
Min.: 0 ms, Max.: 32.64 ms up
Ignition timing advance for No. 1
IGN Advance cylinder: BTDC 0 to 14 deg: Idling -
Min.: -64 deg, Max.: 63.5 deg
• 10 to 30%: Idling
Calculated load by ECM:
Calculate Load • 10 to 30%: Running without -
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100%
load at 2500 rpm
Vehicle load: Load percentage in terms of
Vehicle Load Actual vehicle load
Min.: 0%, Max.: 25700% maximum intake air flow amount
If value is approximately 0.0 g/sec:
• MAF meter power source
Air flow rate from Mass Air Flow • 1 to 3 g/sec: Idling
circuit open
MAF (MAF) meter: • 2 to 6 g/sec: Running
• VG circuit open or shorted
Min.: 0 g/sec, Max.: 655.35 g/sec without load at 2500 rpm
If value is 160.0 g/sec or more:
• E2G circuit open
Engine speed:
Engine Speed 600 to 700 rpm: Idling -
Min.: 0 rpm, Max.: 16383.75 rpm
Vehicle speed:
Vehicle Speed Actual vehicle speed Speed indicated on speedometer
Min.: 0 km/h, Max.: 255 km/h
• If -40°C (-40°F): sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature: 80 to 100°C open
Coolant Temp
Min.: -40°C, Max.: 140°C (176 to 212°F): After warming up • If 140°C (284°F): sensor circuit
shorted
• If -40°C (-40°F): sensor circuit
Intake air temperature: Equivalent to ambient air open
Intake Air
Min.: -40°C, Max.: 140°C temperature • If 140°C (284°F): sensor circuit
shorted

Ratio compared to stoichiometric • 0 to 0.999 = Rich
Air-Fuel Ratio level: 0.8 to 1.2: Idling • 1 = Stoichiometric A/F
Min.: 0, Max.: 1.999 • 1.001 to 1.999 = Lean
Learning value of purge density:
Purge Density Learn Value -40 to 10: Idling -
Min.: -50, Max.: 350
Ratio of evaporative purge flow to
Evap Purge Flow intake air volume: 0 to 10%: Idling -
Min.: 0%, Max.: 102.4%
Purge VSV control duty:
EVAP (Purge) VSV 10 to 50%: Idling Order signal from ECM
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100%
Knock correction learning value: 0 to 20 °CA:
Knock Correct Learn Value Service data
Min.: -64 °CA, Max.: 1984 °CA Driving at 70 km/h (44 mph)
Knock feedback value: -20 to 0 °CA:
ES
Knock Feedback Value Service data
Min.: -64 °CA, Max.: 1984 °CA Driving at 70 km/h (44 mph)
Clutch current:
Clutch Current - -
Min.: 0 A, Max.: 2.49 A
10 to 22%: Accelerator pedal
Absolute accelerator pedal
released Read value with ignition switch ON
Accelerator Position No. 1 position No. 1:
52 to 90%: Accelerator pedal (Do not start engine)
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100%
fully depressed
24 to 40%: Accelerator pedal
Absolute accelerator pedal
Accelerator Position No. 2 position No. 2:
68 to 100%: Accelerator pedal (Do not start engine)
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100%
fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator Position No. 1 No. 1 voltage: - ETCS freeze data
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.98 V
Accelerator Position No. 2 No. 2 voltage: - ETCS freeze data
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.98 V
0.5 to 1.1 V: Accelerator pedal
Accelerator Position No. 1 No. 1 voltage:
2.6 to 4.5 V: Accelerator pedal (Do not start engine)
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 5 V
fully depressed
1.2 to 2.0 V: Accelerator pedal
Accelerator Position No. 2 No. 2 voltage:
3.4 to 5.0 V: Accelerator pedal (Do not start engine)
fully depressed
Whether or not accelerator pedal
Accelerator Idle Position position sensor detecting idle: ON: Idling -
ON or OFF
Throttle valve fully closed
Throttle Fully Close Learn (learned value): 0.4 to 0.8 V -
Accel Fully Close #1 (AD) No. 1 voltage (AD): - ETCS service data
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.9804 V
Accelerator fully closed learning
Accel Fully Close Learn #1 value No. 1: - ETCS service data
Min.: 0 deg, Max.: 124.512 deg
Accelerator fully closed learning
Accel Fully Close Learn #2 value No. 2: - ETCS service data
Min.: 0 deg, Max.: 124.512 deg
Whether or not fail safe function
Fail Safe Drive executed: ON: ETCS has failed ETCS service data
ON or OFF
Whether or not fail safe function
Fail Safe Drive (Main CPU) executed: ON: ETCS has failed ETCS service data
ON or OFF
Brake pedal signal:
ST1 ON: Brake pedal depressed -
ON or OFF

System guard:
System Guard - ETCS service data
ON or OFF
Throttle valve open side
Open Side Malfunction malfunction: - ETCS service data
ON or OFF
• 10 to 22%: Throttle fully • Calculated value based on
Throttle position sensor: closed VTA1
Throttle Position
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% • 40 to 98%: Throttle fully • Read value with ignition switch
open ON (Do not start engine)
Whether or not throttle position
Throttle Idle Position sensor detecting idle: ON: Idling -
ON or OFF
Required throttle position:
Throttle Require Position 0.5 to 1.0 V: Idling -
• 0%: Throttle fully closed

• Recognition value for throttle
ES
Throttle position sensor: opening angle on ECM
Throttle Sensor Position • 50 to 80%: Throttle fully
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% • Read value with ignition switch
open
ON (Do not start engine)
• 42 to 62%: Throttle fully • Calculated value based on
Throttle position sensor No. 2: closed VTA2
Throttle Sensor Position #2
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% • 92 to 100%: Throttle fully • Read value with ignition switch
open ON (Do not start engine)
Throttle position sensor No. 1
Throttle Position No. 1 output voltage: - ETCS freeze data
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.98 V
Throttle Position No. 2 output voltage: - ETCS freeze data
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.98 V
• 0.5 to 1.1 V: Throttle fully
closed Read value with ignition switch ON
Throttle Position No. 1 output voltage:
• 3.3 to 4.9 V: Throttle fully (Do not start engine)
open
• 2.1 to 3.1 V: Throttle fully
closed Read value with ignition switch ON
Throttle Position No. 2 output voltage:
• 4.6 to 5.0 V: Throttle fully (Do not start engine)
open
Throttle position command value: Read value with ignition switch ON
Throttle Position Command 0.5 to 4.9 V
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.9804 V (Do not start engine)
Throttle sensor opener position
Throttle Sens Open Pos #1 No. 1: - ETCS service data
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.9804 V
Throttle sensor opener position
Throttle Sens Open Pos #2 No. 2: - ETCS service data
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.9804 V
Read value with ignition switch ON
Throttle Sens Open #1 (AD) output voltage (AD): 0.5 to 4.9 V
(Do not start engine)
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 4.9804 V
Whether throttle actuator control
Throttle Motor permitted: ON: Idling
ON or OFF
Throttle actuator current:
Throttle Motor Current 0 to 3.0 A: Idling -
Min.: 0 A, Max.: 80 A
Throttle actuator: Idling after engine warmed up:
Throttle Motor -
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% 0.5 to 40 %
Throttle actuator current:
Throttle Motor Current 0 to 3.0 A: Idling -
Min.: 0 A, Max.: 19.92 A
When accelerator pedal
Throttle actuator open duty ratio: depressed, duty ratio increased
Throttle Motor Open Duty 0 to 40%: Idling
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% Read value with ignition switch ON

When accelerator pedal released
Throttle actuator closed duty
quickly, duty ratio increased
Throttle Motor Close Duty ratio: 0 to 40%: Idling
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100%
Throttle actuator duty ratio
Throttle Motor Duty (Open) (open): 0 to 40%: Idling ETCS service data
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100%
Throttle actuator duty ratio
Throttle Motor Duty (Close) (closed): 0 to 40%: Idling ETCS service data
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100%
Performing Control the Injection
Heated oxygen sensor output Volume or Control the Injection
0.1 to 0.9 V:
O2S B1 S1 voltage for sensor 1: Volume for A/F Sensor function of
Driving at 70 km/h (44 mph)
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 1.275 V Active Test enables technicians to
ES check output voltage of sensor
Performing Control the Injection
Heated oxygen sensor output Volume or Control the Injection
0.1 to 0.9 V:
O2S B1 S2 voltage for sensor 2: Volume for A/F Sensor function of
Driving at 70 km/h (44 mph)
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 1.275 V Active Test enables technicians to
Short-term fuel compensation
Short-term fuel trim:
Short FT #1 -20 to 20% used to maintain air-fuel ratio at
Min.: -100%, Max.: 99.2%
stoichiometric air-fuel ratio
Overall fuel compensation carried
Long-term fuel trim: out in long-term to compensate for
Long FT #1 -20 to 20%
Min.: -100%, Max.: 99.2% continual deviation of short-term
fuel trim from central value
Fuel system status (bank 1): • OL (Open Loop): Has not yet
Fuel System Status (Bank 1) OL or CL or OLDRIVE or CL: Idling after warming up satisfied conditions to go
OLFAULT or CLFAULT closed loop
• CL (Closed Loop): Using
heated oxygen sensor as
feedback for fuel control
• OL DRIVE: Open loop due to
driving conditions (fuel
enrichment)
Fuel System Status (Bank 2) Fuel system status (bank 2) Unused • OL FAULT: Open loop due to
detected system fault
• CL FAULT: Closed loop but
heated oxygen sensor, which
is used for fuel control,
malfunctioning
Short-term fuel trim associated
O2 FT B1 S1 with sensor 1: -20 to 20% -
Min.: -100 %, Max.: 99.2 %
Short-term fuel trim associated
O2 FT B1 S2 with sensor 1: -20 to 20% -
Min.: -100 %, Max.: 99.2 %
Engine coolant temperature at
Initial Engine Coolant Temp engine start: Close to ambient air temperature -
Min.: -40°C, Max.: 120°C
Intake air temperature at engine
Initial Intake Air Temp start: Close to ambient air temperature -
Min.: -40°C, Max.: 120°C
Injection volume (Cylinder 1): Total fuel injection volume of 10
Injection Volume (Cylinder 1) 0 to 0.15 ml: Idling
Min.: 0 ml, Max.: 2.048 ml injections
ACC (cut) relay (ACCR terminal
ACC Relay output status): ON: Cranking -
ON or OFF
Starter relay (STAR terminal
Starter Relay output status): ON: Cranking -
ON or OFF

Starter switch signal (STA
Starter Signal terminal input status): ON: Cranking -
ON or OFF
Starter switch signal (STSW ON: Cranking (during ignition
Starter Control terminal input status): switch or engine switch -
ON or OFF operation)
Power steering signal:
Power Steering Switch ON: Power steering operation -
ON or OFF
ON: When steering wheel first
Power steering signal (history): Signal status usually ON until
Power Steering Signal turned after battery terminals
ON or OFF battery terminals disconnected
connected
Closed throttle position switch: • ON: Throttle fully closed
Closed Throttle Position SW -
ON or OFF • OFF: Throttle open
A/C Signal
A/C signal:
ON or OFF
ON: A/C ON - ES
Park/neutral position switch
Neutral Position SW Signal status: - -
ON or OFF
Electrical load signal: ON: Headlights or defogger
Electrical Load Signal -
ON or OFF turned ON
Stop light switch:
Stop Light Switch ON: Brake pedal depressed -
ON or OFF
Immobiliser status:
Immobiliser Communication Unused -
ON or OFF
ON: Any fuel cut operation
Fuel cut status:
Fuel Cut Condition executed (idle fuel cut, light load -
ON or OFF
fuel cut, etc.)
ETCS power supply: ON: Ignition switch ON and
ETCS Actuator Power -
ON or OFF system normal
+BM voltage: 11 to 14 V: Ignition switch ON
+BM Voltage ETCS service data
Min.: 0, Max.: 19.92182 and system normal
Battery voltage:
Battery Voltage 11 to 14 V: Ignition switch ON -
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 65.535 V
Actuator power supply:
Actuator Power Supply ON: Idling ETCS service data
ON or OFF
Atmospheric pressure: Approximately 100 kPa: Ignition
Atmosphere Pressure -
Min.: 0 kPa, Max.: 202 kPa switch ON
ACT VSV status:
ACT VSV ON: A/C cut ON -
ON or OFF
Purge VSV status:
EVAP Purge VSV - -
ON or OFF
Fuel pump status:
Fuel Pump/Speed Status ON: Engine running -
ON or OFF
VVT control (bank 1) status:
VVT Control Status (Bank 1) - -
ON or OFF
Electric fan motor:
Electric Fan Motor ON: Electric fan motor operating -
ON or OFF
TC and CG (TE1) terminals of
TC and TE1 DLC3: - Active Test support data
ON or OFF
Engine rpm during No. 1 cylinder
Output only when FUEL CUT #1 is
Engine Speed of Cyl #1 fuel cut: -
performed using ACTIVE TEST
Min.: 0 rpm, Max.: 25600 rpm

Average of engine rpm values
during fuel cut of No. 1 to No. 4 Output only when ACTIVE TEST is
Av Engine Speed of All Cyl -
cylinder: performed
VVT aim angle (bank 1): VVT duty signal value during
VVT Aim Angle (Bank 1) *2 0 to 100%
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% intrusive operation (Active Test)
VVT change angle (bank 1): Displacement angle during
VVT Change Angle (Bank 1) *2 0 to 56°FR
Min.: 0°FR, Max.: 60°FR intrusive operation (Active Test)
VVT OCV operation duty: Requested duty value for intrusive
VVT OCV Duty (Bank 1) *2 0 to 100%
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% operation (Active Test)
ES Idle Fuel Cut

Fuel cut idle:
ON or OFF
ON: Fuel cut operation (throttle
valve fully closed)
Idle Fuel Cut = "ON" when throttle
valve fully closed and engine
speed over 1500 rpm
Fuel cut TAU (Fuel cut with very Fuel cut being performed with very
ON: Fuel cut operating (throttle
FC TAU light load): light load to prevent incomplete
valve slightly opened)
ON or OFF engine combustion
Number of codes:
# Codes - Number of detected DTCs
Min.: 0, Max.: 255
Check mode:
Check Mode ON: Check mode ON (See page ES-35)
ON or OFF
Check mode result for vehicle
SPD Test speed sensor: - -
COMPL or INCMPL
Check mode result for HO2
OXS1 Test sensor: - -
COMPL or INCMPL
MIL status:
MIL ON: MIL ON -
ON or OFF
Distance traveled since MIL
MIL ON Run Distance turned ON: Distance since DTC detected -
Min.: 0 km, Max.: 65535 km
Running time since MIL turned
ON: Equivalent to running time since
Running Time from MIL ON -
Min.: 0 min MIL turned ON
Max.: 65535 min
Engine run time:
Engine Run Time Min.: 0 s Time since engine started -
Max.: 65535 s
Time since DTCs cleared:
Equivalent to time since DTCs
Time After DTC Cleared Min.: 0 min -
erased
Max.: 65535 min
Distance traveled since DTCs
Equivalent to distance driven
Distance from DTC Cleared cleared: -
since DTCs erased
Min.: 0 km, Max.: 65535 km
Warm-up cycles since DTCs
Number of warm-up cycles since
Warmup Cycle Cleared DTC cleared: -
DTCs cleared
Min.: 0, Max.: 255
OBD Requirements OBD Requirements Euro-OBD -
Number of Emission DTC Number of emission DTCs - -
Comprehensive component
Complete Parts Monitor monitor: - -
NOT AVL or AVAIL
Fuel system monitor:
Fuel System Monitor - -
NOT AVL or AVAIL
Misfire monitor:
Misfire Monitor - -
NOT AVL or AVAIL

O2S (A/FS) monitor:
O2S (A/FS) Heater Monitor - -
NOT AVL or AVAIL
O2S (A/FS) monitor:
O2S (A/FS) Heater Monitor O2S (A/FS) monitor: - -
COMPL or INCMPL
O2S (A/FS) monitor:
O2S (A/FS) Monitor - -
NOT AVL or AVAIL
O2S (A/FS) monitor:
O2S (A/FS) Monitor - -
COMPL or INCMPL
Catalyst monitor:
Catalyst Monitor - -
NOT AVL or AVAIL
Catalyst monitor:
Catalyst Monitor - -
COMPL or INCMPL
Model Code Identifying model code NCP9# - ES
Engine Type Identifying engine type 2NZFE -
Identifying cylinder number:
Cylinder Number 4 -
Min.: 0, Max.: 255
Transmission Type Identifying transmission type M/T -
Destination Identifying destination W -
Identifying model year:
Model Year 200# -
Min.: 1900, Max.: 2155
System Identification Identifying engine system Gasoline (gasoline engine) -
HINT:
• *1: If no idling conditions are specified, the transmission
gear selector lever should be in the neutral position, and A/
C switch and all accessory switches should be OFF.
• *2: Data List values are only displayed when performing
the following Active Tests: Control the VVT Linear (Bank
1). For other Active Tests, the Data List value will be 0.
2. ACTIVE TEST
HINT:
Performing an Active Test enables components including
the relays, VSV (Vacuum Switching Valve) and
actuators, to be operated without removing any parts.
The Active Test can be performed with an intelligent
tester. Performing the Active Test as the first step in
troubleshooting is one method to shorten diagnostic
time.
Data List can be displayed during Active Test.
(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
(c) Turn the tester on.
(d) Select the following menu items: Powertrain /
Engine and ECT / Active Test.
(e) Perform the Active Tests by referring to the table
below.
Tester Display Test Part Control Range Diagnostic Note
• All fuel injectors tested at
same time
• Perform test at less than
Control the Injection Volume Change injection volume Between -12.5 and 24.8% 3000 rpm
• Injection volume can be
changed in 0.1% graduations
within control range
Tester Display Test Part Control Range Diagnostic Note

• Perform test at less than
3000 rpm
• Control the Injection Volume
for A/F Sensor enables
checking and graphing of
front and rear Heated Oxygen
Control the Injection Volume for Lower by 12.5% or increase by
Change injection volume (HO2) sensor voltage outputs
A/F Sensor 24.8%
• To conduct test, select
following menu items: Active
Test / Control the Injection
Volume for A/F Sensor / Data
List / A/F Control System /
O2S B1S1 and O2S B1S2
Activate the VSV for Evap Control Activate purge VSV control ON/OFF -
ES Control the A/C Cut Signal Control A/C cut signal

Activate fuel pump (C/OPN
ON/OFF -
Test is possible with engine
Control the Fuel Pump / Speed ON/OFF
Relay) stopped
• ON: TC and TE1 (CG)
Turn on and off TC and TE1 (CG) connected
Connect the TC and TE1 ON/OFF
connection • OFF: TC and TE1 (CG)
disconnected
Control the Idle Fuel Cut Prohibit Prohibit idling fuel cut control ON/OFF -
Control the Electric Cooling Fan Control electric cooling fan ON/OFF -
Test is possible with engine
Activate the Starter Relay Starter ON/OFF
stopped
Test is possible when following
conditions are met:
Activate the ACC Cut Relay Activate ACC cut relay ON/OFF
• Ignition switch ON
• Engine is stopped
Control the ETCS Open/Close ON: Throttle valve opens/closes Test is possible when following
Throttle actuator
Slow Speed slowly conditions are met:
• Engine is stopped
• Shift position in neutral
Control the ETCS Open/Close ON: Throttle valve opens/closes • Accelerator pedal fully
Throttle actuator
Fast Speed fast depressed (APP: 59° or
more)
-128 to 127% Engine stalls or idles roughly
This value added to present OCV when VVT actuator is operated by
Control the VVT Linear (Bank 1) Control VVT (bank 1) control duty 100%.
100%: Maximum advance Test is possible with vehicle
-100%: Maximum retard stopped and engine idling.
Test is possible with vehicle
Control the VVT System (Bank 1) Control VVT (bank 1) -128 to 127%
stopped and engine idling.
Control the Cylinder #1 Fuel Cut No. 1 cylinder injector fuel cut ON/OFF
Control the Cylinder #2 Fuel Cut No. 2 cylinder injector fuel cut ON/OFF stopped and engine idling.
Control the Cylinder #3 Fuel Cut No. 3 cylinder injector fuel cut ON/OFF ON: All cylinder injector fuel cut
and ignition stop.
Control the Cylinder #4 Fuel Cut No. 4 cylinder injector fuel cut ON/OFF
stopped.
Control the All Cylinders Fuel Cut All cylinders injector fuel cut ON/OFF
ON: All cylinder injector fuel cut
and ignition stop.
Check cylinder compression
Check the Cylinder Compression ON/OFF *1
pressure
HINT:
*: When performing the Active Test item "Check the Cylinder
Compression" and then cranking the engine, the ECM stops
the fuel injection and ignition, and measures the engine
speed for each cylinder.
If one cylinder's speed is higher than the others, that

cylinder's compression pressure can be concluded to be
lower than the others.
1. Warm up the engine.
2. Turn the ignition switch off.
3. Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.
4. Turn the ignition switch to ON.
5. Turn the tester on.
6. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine and
ECT / Active Test / Check the Cylinder Compression.
7. Select the following monitor items: Engine Speed of Cyl #1
to #4, Av Engine Speed of All Cyl
8. Press the RIGHT or LEFT button to change the Check the
Cylinder Compression to ON. ES
HINT:
Fuel injection and ignition for all cylinders is prohibited at
this time, and each cylinder's engine speed measurement
will enter standby mode.
9. Crank the engine until the monitor item values "Engine
speed of Cyl #1 to #4" and "Av Engine Speed of All Cyl"
change.
10.Monitor the engine speed (Engine Speed of Cyl #1 to #4,
Av Engine Speed of All Cyl) displayed on the tester.
HINT:
The tester displays the values to be extremely high before
cranking the engine. Each cylinder's engine speed is
measured while cranking the engine and then the tester
displays the actual engine speed values.
NOTICE:
• The Active Test item "Check the Cylinder
Compression" will automatically turn off 255
seconds after the Active Test is turned on.
• When the "Check the Cylinder Compression" is
OFF and the engine is cranked, the engine will start.
• If the "Check the Cylinder Compression" test needs
to be performed again after each cylinder's engine
speed measurement has been performed once,
press EXIT to return to the Active Test menu
screen. Then perform the Check the Cylinder
Compression test again.
• Use a fully-charged battery.

(2007/08-2009/10)
HINT:
Parameters listed in the chart may be different to your
readings depending on the type of instruments and other
factors.
If any DTCs are displayed during a check mode DTC check,
check the circuit for the DTCs listed in the table below. For
details of each DTC, refer to the page indicated.
SFI SYSTEM
DTC Code Detection Item Trouble Area MIL Memory See page
P0010 Camshaft Position "A" Actuator -Open or short in camshaft timing oil control Comes on DTC stored ES-55
Circuit (Bank 1) valve circuit
-Camshaft timing oil control valve
-ECM
P0011 Camshaft Position "A" - Timing -Valve timing - DTC stored ES-59
Over-Advanced or System -Camshaft timing oil control valve
Performance (Bank 1) -Camshaft timing oil control valve filter
-Camshaft timing gear assembly
-ECM
P0012 Camshaft Position "A" - Timing -Valve timing - DTC stored ES-59
Over-Retarded (Bank 1) -Camshaft timing oil control valve
-Camshaft timing oil control valve filter
ES P0016 Crankshaft Position - Camshaft

-ECM
-Mechanical system (Timing chain has jumped - DTC stored ES-65
Position Correlation (Bank 1 tooth or chain stretched)
Sensor A) -Camshaft timing oil control valve
-ECM
P0031 Oxygen Sensor Heater Control -Open in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1) Comes on DTC stored ES-69
Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) heater circuit
-Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1) heater
-Integration relay (EFI relay)
-ECM
P0032 Oxygen Sensor Heater Control -Short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1) Comes on DTC stored ES-69
Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1) heater circuit
-ECM
P0037 Oxygen Sensor Heater Control -Open in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 2) Comes on DTC stored ES-69
Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2) heater circuit
-ECM
P0038 Oxygen Sensor Heater Control -Short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 2) Comes on DTC stored ES-69
Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2) heater circuit
-ECM
P0100 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit -Open or short in mass air flow meter circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-77
-Mass air flow meter
-ECM
Low Input -Mass air flow meter
-ECM
High Input -Mass air flow meter
-ECM
P0110 Intake Air Temperature Circuit -Open or short in intake air temperature sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-83
Malfunction circuit
-Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass
air flow meter)
-ECM
P0112 Intake Air Temperature Circuit -Short in intake air temperature sensor circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-83
Low Input -Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass
air flow meter)
-ECM
P0113 Intake Air Temperature Circuit -Open in intake air temperature sensor circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-83
High Input -Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass
air flow meter)
-ECM
P0115 Engine Coolant Temperature -Open or short in engine coolant temperature Comes on DTC stored ES-88
Circuit Malfunction sensor circuit
-Engine coolant temperature sensor
-ECM
P0116 Engine Coolant Temperature -Thermostat Comes on DTC stored ES-93
Circuit Range / Performance -Engine coolant temperature sensor
Problem
P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature -Short in engine coolant temperature sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-88
Circuit Low Input circuit
-ECM
P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature -Open in engine coolant temperature sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-88
Circuit High Input circuit
-ECM ES
P0120 Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / -Throttle position sensor (built into throttle body Comes on DTC stored ES-95
Switch "A" Circuit Malfunction assembly)
-ECM
Switch "A" Circuit Range / assembly)
Performance Problem -Throttle position sensor circuit
-ECM
Switch "A" Circuit Low Input assembly)
-Short in VTA1 circuit
-Open in VC circuit
-ECM
Switch "A" Circuit High Input assembly)
-Open in VTA1 circuit
-Open in E2 circuit
-Short between VC and VTA1 circuits
-ECM
P0134 Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity -Open or short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-101
Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1) 1) circuit
-Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1)
-Fuel pressure
-Air induction system
-PCV hose connections
-PCV valve and hose
-Fuel injector
-Exhaust gas leak
-ECM
P0136 Oxygen Sensor Circuit -Open or short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-110
Malfunction (Bank 1 Sensor 2) 2) circuit
Switch "B" Circuit assembly)
-ECM
Switch "B" Circuit Low Input assembly)
-Short in VTA2 circuit
-Open in VC circuit
-ECM
Switch "B" Circuit High Input assembly)
-Open in VTA2 circuit
-Open in E2 circuit
-ECM
P0327 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input -Short in knock sensor circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-118
(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) -Knock sensor
-ECM
P0328 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High Input -Open in knock sensor circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-118
(Bank 1 or Single Sensor) -Knock sensor
-ECM
P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" -Open or short in crankshaft position sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-122
Circuit circuit
-Crankshaft position sensor
-Crankshaft position sensor plate (crankshaft)
-ECM
P0339 Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" -Open or short in crankshaft position sensor - DTC stored ES-122
Circuit Intermittent circuit
-Crankshaft position sensor
ES -Crankshaft position sensor plate (crankshaft)
-ECM
P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor "A" -Open or short in camshaft position sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-126
Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) circuit
-Camshaft position sensor
-Camshaft
-Jumped tooth of timing chain
-ECM
P0351 Ignition Coil "A" Primary / -Ignition system Comes on DTC stored ES-129
Secondary Circuit -Open or short in IGF1 or IGT1 circuit
-No. 1 ignition coil
-ECM
P0352 Ignition Coil "B" Primary / -Ignition system Comes on DTC stored ES-129
-ECM
P0353 Ignition Coil "C" Primary / -Ignition system Comes on DTC stored ES-129
-ECM
P0354 Ignition Coil "D" Primary / -Ignition system Comes on DTC stored ES-129
-ECM
P0443 Evaporative Emission Control -Open or short in purge VSV circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-137
System Purge Control Valve -Purge VSV
Circuit -ECM
P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" -Open or short in speed signal circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-141
-Combination meter
-ECM
-Skid control ECU
-Vehicle speed sensor
P0504 Brake Switch "A" / "B" Correlation -Short in stop light switch signal circuit - DTC stored ES-151
-Stop light switch
-STOP fuse
-IGN fuse
-ECM
P0560 System Voltage -Open in back-up power source circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-155
-Battery
-Battery terminals
-EFI fuse
-ECM
P0604 Internal Control Module Random -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Access Memory (RAM) Error
P0606 ECM / PCM Processor -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
P060A Internal Control Module -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Monitoring Processor
Performance
P060D Internal Control Module -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Accelerator Pedal Position
Performance
P060E Internal Control Module Throttle -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Position Performance
P0617 Starter Relay Circuit High -Clutch start switch Comes on DTC stored ES-161
-Starter relay circuit
-Ignition switch
-ECM
P0657 Actuator Supply Voltage Circuit / -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Open
P0724 Brake Switch "B" Circuit High -Short in stop light switch signal circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-166
-Stop light switch
P2102 Throttle Actuator Control Motor

-ECM
-Open in throttle actuator circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-169
ES
Circuit Low -Throttle body assembly
-ECM
P2103 Throttle Actuator Control Motor -Short in throttle actuator circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-169
Circuit High -Throttle body assembly
-ECM
P2111 Throttle Actuator Control System -Throttle actuator Comes on DTC stored ES-173
- Stuck Open -Throttle body assembly
-Throttle valve
-ECM
P2112 Throttle Actuator Control System -Throttle actuator Comes on DTC stored ES-173
- Stuck Closed -Throttle body assembly
-Throttle valve
-ECM
P2118 Throttle Actuator Control Motor -Open in ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control Comes on DTC stored ES-175
Current Range / Performance System) power source circuit
-Battery
-Battery terminals
-ETCS fuse
-ECM
P2119 Throttle Actuator Control Throttle -ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System) Comes on DTC stored ES-180
Body Range / Performance -ECM
P2120 Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / -Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator Comes on DTC stored ES-182
Switch "D" Circuit pedal assembly)
-ECM
Switch "D" Circuit Range / pedal assembly)
Performance -ECM
Switch "D" Circuit Low Input pedal assembly)
-Open in VCP1 circuit
-Open or ground short in VPA circuit
-ECM
Switch "D" Circuit High Input pedal assembly)
-Open in EPA circuit
-ECM
Switch "E" Circuit pedal assembly)
-ECM
Switch "E" Circuit Low Input pedal assembly)
-Open in VCP2 circuit
-Open or ground short in VPA2 circuit
-ECM
Switch "E" Circuit High Input pedal assembly)
-Open in EPA2 circuit
-ECM
P2135 Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / -Short between VTA1 and VTA2 circuits Comes on DTC stored ES-95
Switch "A" / "B" Voltage -Throttle position sensor (built into throttle body
Correlation assembly)
-ECM
P2138 Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / -Short between VPA and VPA2 circuits Comes on DTC stored ES-182
Switch "D" / "E" Voltage -Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
Correlation pedal assembly)
-ECM
ES DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART

(2009/10- )
HINT:
Parameters listed in the chart may be different to your
readings depending on the type of instruments and other
factors.
If any DTCs are displayed during a check mode DTC check,
check the circuit for the DTCs listed in the table below. For
details of each DTC, refer to the page indicated.
SFI SYSTEM
-Open or short in camshaft timing oil control
Camshaft Position "A" Actuator valve circuit
P0010 Comes on DTC stored ES-55
Circuit (Bank 1) -Camshaft timing oil control valve
-ECM
-Valve timing
Camshaft Position "A" - Timing -Camshaft timing oil control valve
P0011 Over-Advanced or System -Camshaft timing oil control valve filter - DTC stored ES-59
Performance (Bank 1) -Camshaft timing gear assembly
-ECM
-Valve timing
Camshaft Position "A" - Timing
P0012 -Camshaft timing oil control valve filter - DTC stored ES-59
Over-Retarded (Bank 1)
-ECM
-Mechanical system (Timing chain has jumped
tooth or chain stretched)
Crankshaft Position - Camshaft
P0016 Position Correlation (Bank 1 - DTC stored ES-65
Sensor A)
-ECM
-Open in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1)
heater circuit
Oxygen Sensor Heater Control
P0031 -Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1) heater Comes on DTC stored ES-69
Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
-ECM
-Short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1)
heater circuit
Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
-ECM
-Open in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 2)
heater circuit
Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
-ECM
-Short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 2)
heater circuit
Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
-ECM
-Open or short in mass air flow meter circuit
P0100 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit -Mass air flow meter Comes on DTC stored ES-77
-ECM
Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit
P0102 -Mass air flow meter Comes on DTC stored ES-77
Low Input
-ECM
Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit
P0103 -Mass air flow meter Comes on DTC stored ES-77
High Input
-ECM
-Open or short in intake air temperature sensor ES
circuit
Intake Air Temperature Circuit
P0110 -Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass Comes on DTC stored ES-83
Malfunction
air flow meter)
-ECM
-Short in intake air temperature sensor circuit
Intake Air Temperature Circuit -Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass
Low Input air flow meter)
-ECM
-Open in intake air temperature sensor circuit
Intake Air Temperature Circuit -Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass
High Input air flow meter)
-ECM
-Open or short in engine coolant temperature
Engine Coolant Temperature sensor circuit
Circuit Malfunction -Engine coolant temperature sensor
-ECM
Engine Coolant Temperature
-Thermostat
P0116 Circuit Range / Performance Comes on DTC stored ES-93
Problem
-Short in engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine Coolant Temperature circuit
Circuit Low Input -Engine coolant temperature sensor
-ECM
-Open in engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine Coolant Temperature circuit
Circuit High Input -Engine coolant temperature sensor
-ECM
-Throttle position sensor (built into throttle body
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor /
P0120 assembly) Comes on DTC stored ES-95
Switch "A" Circuit Malfunction
-ECM
assembly)
P0121 Switch "A" Circuit Range / Comes on DTC stored ES-95
-Throttle position sensor circuit
Performance Problem
-ECM
assembly)
P0122 -Short in VTA1 circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-95
Switch "A" Circuit Low Input
-Open in VC circuit
-ECM
assembly)
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / -Open in VTA1 circuit
Switch "A" Circuit High Input -Open in E2 circuit
-ECM
-Open or short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor
1) circuit
-Fuel pressure
Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity -Air induction system
Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1) -PCV hose connections
-PCV valve and hose
-Fuel injector
-Exhaust gas leak
-ECM
-Open or short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor
2) circuit
Oxygen Sensor Circuit
ES Malfunction (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0220 assembly) Comes on DTC stored ES-95
Switch "B" Circuit
-ECM
assembly)
P0222 -Short in VTA2 circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-95
Switch "B" Circuit Low Input
-Open in VC circuit
-ECM
assembly)
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / -Open in VTA2 circuit
Switch "B" Circuit High Input -Open in E2 circuit
-ECM
-Short in knock sensor circuit
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input
P0327 -Knock sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-118
(Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
-ECM
-Open in knock sensor circuit
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High Input
P0328 -Knock sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-118
(Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
-ECM
-Open or short in crankshaft position sensor
circuit
Crankshaft Position Sensor "A"
P0335 -Crankshaft position sensor Comes on DTC stored ES-122
Circuit
-ECM
-Open or short in crankshaft position sensor
circuit
Crankshaft Position Sensor "A"
P0339 -Crankshaft position sensor - DTC stored ES-122
Circuit Intermittent
-ECM
-Open or short in camshaft position sensor
circuit
Camshaft Position Sensor "A" -Camshaft position sensor
Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor) -Camshaft
-Jumped tooth of timing chain
-ECM
-Ignition system
Ignition Coil "A" Primary / -Open or short in IGF1 or IGT1 circuit
Secondary Circuit -No. 1 ignition coil
-ECM
-Ignition system
Ignition Coil "B" Primary / -Open or short in IGF1 or IGT2 circuit
-ECM
-Ignition system
Ignition Coil "C" Primary / -Open or short in IGF1 or IGT3 circuit
-ECM
-Ignition system
Ignition Coil "D" Primary / -Open or short in IGF1 or IGT4 circuit
-ECM
Evaporative Emission Control -Open or short in purge VSV circuit
P0443 System Purge Control Valve -Purge VSV Comes on DTC stored ES-137
Circuit -ECM
-Short in stop light switch signal circuit
-Stop light switch
P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor "A" -STOP fuse Comes on DTC stored ES-146
-IGN fuse
-ECM
ES
-Stop light switch
P0504 Brake Switch "A" / "B" Correlation -STOP fuse - DTC stored ES-151
-IGN fuse
-ECM
-Open in back-up power source circuit
-Battery
P0560 System Voltage -Battery terminals Comes on DTC stored ES-155
-EFI fuse
-ECM
Internal Control Module Random
P0604 -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Access Memory (RAM) Error
P0606 ECM / PCM Processor -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Internal Control Module
P060A Monitoring Processor -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Performance
Internal Control Module
P060D Accelerator Pedal Position -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Performance
Internal Control Module Throttle
P060E -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
-Clutch start switch
-Starter relay circuit
P0617 Starter Relay Circuit High Comes on DTC stored ES-161
-Ignition switch
-ECM
Actuator Supply Voltage Circuit /
P0657 -ECM Comes on DTC stored ES-159
Open
P0724 Brake Switch "B" Circuit High -Stop light switch Comes on DTC stored ES-166
-ECM
-Open in throttle actuator circuit
Throttle Actuator Control Motor
P2102 -Throttle body assembly Comes on DTC stored ES-169
Circuit Low
-ECM
-Short in throttle actuator circuit
Throttle Actuator Control Motor
P2103 -Throttle body assembly Comes on DTC stored ES-169
Circuit High
-ECM
-Throttle actuator
Throttle Actuator Control System -Throttle body assembly
- Stuck Open -Throttle valve
-ECM
-Throttle actuator
Throttle Actuator Control System -Throttle body assembly
- Stuck Closed -Throttle valve
-ECM
-Open in ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control
System) power source circuit
Throttle Actuator Control Motor -Battery
Current Range / Performance -Battery terminals
-ETCS fuse
-ECM
Throttle Actuator Control Throttle -ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System)
Body Range / Performance -ECM
-Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
P2120 pedal assembly) Comes on DTC stored ES-182
Switch "D" Circuit
-ECM
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / -Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
P2121 Switch "D" Circuit Range / pedal assembly) Comes on DTC stored ES-189
Performance -ECM
ES -Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
pedal assembly)
P2122 -Open in VCP1 circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-182
Switch "D" Circuit Low Input
-Open or ground short in VPA circuit
-ECM
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / pedal assembly)
Switch "D" Circuit High Input -Open in EPA circuit
-ECM
P2125 pedal assembly) Comes on DTC stored ES-182
Switch "E" Circuit
-ECM
pedal assembly)
P2127 -Open in VCP2 circuit Comes on DTC stored ES-182
Switch "E" Circuit Low Input
-Open or ground short in VPA2 circuit
-ECM
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / pedal assembly)
Switch "E" Circuit High Input -Open in EPA2 circuit
-ECM
-Short between VTA1 and VTA2 circuits
P2135 Switch "A" / "B" Voltage Comes on DTC stored ES-95
assembly)
Correlation
-ECM
-Short between VPA and VPA2 circuits
P2138 Switch "D" / "E" Voltage Comes on DTC stored ES-182
pedal assembly)
Correlation
-ECM
Camshaft Position "A" Actuator Circuit (Bank

DTC P0010
1)
DESCRIPTION
HINT:
• This DTC relates to the Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve (OCV).
The Variable Valve Timing (VVT) system includes the ECM, OCV and VVT controller. The ECM sends a
target duty-cycle control signal to the OCV. This control signal regulates the oil pressure applied to the
VVT controller. Camshaft timing control is performed according to engine operating conditions such as the
intake air volume, throttle valve position and engine coolant temperature. The ECM controls the OCV,
based on the signals transmitted by several sensors. The VVT controller regulates the intake camshaft
angle using oil pressure through the OCV. As a result, the relative positions of the camshaft and
crankshaft are optimized, the engine torque and fuel economy improve, and the exhaust emissions ES
decrease under overall driving conditions. The ECM detects the actual intake valve timing using signals
from the camshaft and crankshaft position sensors, and performs feedback control. This is how the target
intake valve timing is verified by the ECM.
VVT System:
Camshaft Position Sensor
Actual Valve Timing Crankshaft Position Sensor
Mass Air Flow Meter

Target Valve Timing
Duty-cycle Correction
ECM
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve (OCV)
Engine Oil Pressure VVT Controller (Camshaft Timing Gear Assembly)
Intake Camshaft
A130637E08
DTC No. DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area

• Open or short in camshaft timing oil control valve
Open or short in camshaft timing oil control valve circuit circuit
P0010
(1 trip detection logic) • Camshaft timing oil control valve
• ECM
WIRING DIAGRAM
ES 1
100
OC1+
C23
123
2 OC1-
C23
C25
Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve
ECM
A143411E07
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
HINT:
Read freeze frame data using an intelligent tester. The ECM records vehicle and driving condition
information as freeze frame data the moment a DTC is stored. When troubleshooting, freeze frame data
can help determine if the vehicle was moving or stationary, if the engine was warmed up or not, if the air-
fuel ratio was lean or rich, and other data from the time the malfunction occurred.
1 CHECK WHETHER DTC OUTPUT RECURS (DTC P0010)
(a) Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.

(d) Clear DTCs (See page ES-32).
(e) Start the engine and warm it up.
(f) Allow the engine to idle 1 minute or more.
(g) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / DTC.
(h) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0010 A
No output B
B CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS

(See page ES-12)
A
2 INSPECT CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
(a) Remove the camshaft timing oil control valve.

Component without harness connected:
(Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve)
(b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
1-2 20°C (68°F) 6.9 to 7.9 Ω
2 1
ES
A159178E04
(c) Apply battery voltage to terminals of the camshaft timing

Component without harness connected: oil control valve. Check the valve operation.
(Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve) OK:
Valve moves quickly.
(d) Reinstall the camshaft timing oil control valve.
NG REPLACE CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL
2 1 CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY (See page ES-
289)
Valve moves
A166827E01
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (OCV - ECM)
(a) Disconnect the camshaft timing oil control valve

Front view of wire harness connector: connector.
(to Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve) (b) Disconnect the ECM connector.
(c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
C25
Standard resistance (Check for open)
C25-1 (OC1+) - C23-100
Always Below 1 Ω
OC1+ OC1- (OC1+)
ES Front view of wire harness connector:

C25-2 (OC1-) - C23-123
(OC1-)
Always Below 1 Ω
(to ECM)
Standard resistance (Check for short)
C23 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C25-1 (OC1+) or C23-
100 (OC1+) - Body Always 10 kΩ or higher
ground
C25-2 (OC1-) or C23-123
Always 10 kΩ or higher
(OC1-) - Body ground
OC1+ OC1- (d) Reconnect the camshaft timing oil control valve
A106380E39 connector.
(e) Reconnect the ECM connector.
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
CONNECTOR
OK
REPLACE ECM (See page ES-248)

Camshaft Position "A" - Timing Over-Advanced

DTC P0011
or System Performance (Bank 1)
Camshaft Position "A" - Timing Over-Retarded

DTC P0012
(Bank 1)
DESCRIPTION
HINT:
• These DTCs relate to the Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve (OCV). If DTC P0011 or P0012 is present,
check the VVT (Variable Valve Timing) system.
The VVT system includes the ECM, OCV and VVT controller. The ECM sends a target duty-cycle control
signal to the OCV. This control signal regulates the oil pressure applied to the VVT controller. Camshaft ES
timing control is performed according to engine operating conditions such as the intake air volume, throttle
valve position and engine coolant temperature. The ECM controls the OCV, based on the signals
transmitted by several sensors. The VVT controller regulates the intake camshaft angle using oil pressure
through the OCV. As a result, the relative positions of the camshaft and crankshaft are optimized, the
engine torque and fuel economy improve, and the exhaust emissions decrease under overall driving
conditions. The ECM detects the actual intake valve timing using signals from the camshaft and
crankshaft position sensors, and performs feedback control. This is how the target intake valve timing is
verified by the ECM.
VVT System:
Actual Valve Timing Crankshaft Position Sensor
Mass Air Flow Meter

Target Valve Timing
ES Throttle Position Sensor
Duty-cycle Correction
ECM
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Camshaft Timing Oil Control Valve (OCV)
Engine Oil Pressure VVT Controller (Camshaft Timing Gear Assembly)
Intake Camshaft
A130637E08

Advanced camshaft timing:
With warm engine and engine speed of between 450
rpm and 4000 rpm, all conditions (a), (b) and (c) met (1
trip detection logic):
• Valve timing
(a) Difference between target and actual intake valve
• Camshaft timing oil control valve
timings more than 5°CA (Crankshaft Angle) for 1
P0011 • Camshaft timing oil control valve filter
second
• Camshaft timing gear assembly
(b) Current intake valve timing fixed (timing changes
• ECM
less than 5°CA in 5 seconds)
(c) Variations in VVT controller timing more than certain
angle of maximum delayed timing (malfunction in
advance timing)
Retarded camshaft timing:
With warm engine and engine speed of between 450
rpm and 4000 rpm, all conditions (a), (b) and (c) met (2
• Valve timing
(a) Difference between target and actual intake valve
timings more than 5°CA (Crankshaft Angle) for 1
P0012 • Camshaft timing oil control valve filter
second
• Camshaft timing gear assembly
(b) Current intake valve timing fixed (timing changes
• ECM
less than 5°CA in 5 seconds)
(c) Variations in VVT controller timing certain angle or
less of maximum delayed timing (malfunction in
retarded timing)
WIRING DIAGRAM
Refer to DTC P0010 (See page ES-56).
NOTICE:
DTC P0011 or P0012 may be set when foreign objects in the engine oil are caught in some parts of
the system. The DTC will remain set even if the system returns to normal after a short time.
Foreign objects are filtered out by the oil filter.
HINT:
ES
1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTCS OUTPUT (IN ADDITION TO DTC P0011 OR P0012)

(d) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / DTC.
(e) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0011 or P0012 A
P0011 or P0012 and other DTCs B
HINT:
If any DTCs other than P0011 or P0012 are output,
troubleshoot those DTCs first.
B GO TO DTC CHART (See page ES-45)
2 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (OPERATE OCV)

(b) Start the engine.
(d) Warm up the engine.
(e) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / Active Test / Control the VVT System (Bank
1).
(f) Check the engine speed while operating the OCV using
the tester.
Result
Tester Operation Specified Condition
OCV OFF Normal engine speed
Engine idles roughly or stalls
OCV ON
(soon after OCV switched from OFF to ON)
NG Go to step 4
OK
3 CHECK WHETHER DTC OUTPUT RECURS (DTC P0011 OR P0012)

(f) Switch the ECM from normal mode to check mode using
ES the tester.
(g) Drive the vehicle for more than 10 minutes.
(h) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
No output A
P0011 or P0012 B
B Go to step 7
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (See page ES-12)

table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 20°C (68°F) 6.9 to 7.9 Ω
2 1
A159178E04

289)
Valve moves
ES
A166827E01
OK
5 INSPECT OIL CONTROL VALVE FILTER
(a) Remove the generator. (See page CH-9)

(b) Remove the camshaft timing oil control valve filter.
(c) Check that the filter is not clogged.
OK:
Filter is not clogged.
(d) Reinstall the camshaft timing oil control valve filter.
(e) Reinstall the generator. (See page CH-15)
NG CLEAN OIL CONTROL VALVE FILTER
OCV Filter
A050664E02
OK
6 INSPECT CAMSHAFT TIMING GEAR ASSEMBLY
(a) Inspect the camshaft timing gear assembly (See page

EM-33).
NG REPLACE CAMSHAFT TIMING GEAR
ASSEMBLY (See page EM-28)
OK
7 CHECK VALVE TIMING
(a) Remove the cylinder head cover.

(b) Turn the crankshaft pulley, and align the groove with the
alignment mark "0" on the timing chain cover.
(c) Check that the alignment marks on the camshaft
sprocket and camshaft timing gear are facing upward as
Alignment Marks shown in the illustration.
Groove If not, turn the crankshaft 1 revolution (360°), then align
the marks as above.
OK:
ES A107307E03 Alignment marks on camshaft timing gears are aligned
as shown in the illustration.
(d) Reinstall the cylinder head cover.
NG ADJUST VALVE TIMING (See page EM-35)
OK

(f) Switch the ECM from normal mode to check mode using
the tester.
(g) Drive the vehicle for more than 10 minutes.
(h) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
No output A
P0011 or P0012 B
HINT:
DTC P0011 or P0012 is output when foreign objects in
engine oil are caught in some parts of the system. These
codes will stay output for a short time even after the
system returns to normal. These foreign objects are then
captured by the oil filter, thus eliminating the source of
the problem.
B REPLACE ECM (See page ES-248)
END
Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Corre-

DTC P0016
lation (Bank 1 Sensor A)
DESCRIPTION
In the VVT system, the appropriate intake valve open and close timing is controlled by the ECM. The ECM
performs intake valve control by performing the following: 1) controlling the camshaft and camshaft timing
oil control valve, and operating the camshaft timing gear; and 2) changing the relative positions of the
gaps between the camshaft and crankshaft.
DTC No. Detection Condition Trouble Area
• Mechanical system (Timing chain has jumped tooth
or chain stretched)
Deviation in crankshaft position sensor signal and
P0016 camshaft position sensor signal
(2 trip detection logic)
•
•
Camshaft timing oil control valve filter
Camshaft timing gear assembly
ES
• ECM
To monitor the correlation of the intake camshaft position and crankshaft position, the ECM checks the
VVT learning value while the engine is idling. The VVT learning value is calibrated based on the camshaft
position and crankshaft position. The intake valve timing is set to the most retarded angle while the engine
is idling. If the VVT learning value is out of specified range in consecutive driving cycles, the ECM sets the
DTC P0016.
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
Read freeze frame data using an intelligent tester. Freeze frame data records the engine conditions when
malfunctions are detected. When troubleshooting, freeze frame data can help determine if the vehicle was
moving or stationary, if the engine was warmed up or not, if the air-fuel ratio was lean or rich, and other
data from the time the malfunction occurred.
1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTCS OUTPUT (IN ADDITION TO DTC P0016)

and ECT / DTC.
(e) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0016 A
P0016 and other DTCs B
HINT:
If any DTCs other than P0016 are output, troubleshoot
those DTCs first.
A
2 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (OPERATE OCV)

(d) Warm up the engine.
and ECT / Active Test / Control the VVT System (Bank
1).
(f) Select the following monitor items: VVT Change Angle
(Bank1) and VVT OCV Duty (Bank1).
ES (g) Check that the VVT Change Angle (Bank1) varies when
operating the camshaft timing oil control valve using the
tester.
OK:
The VVT Change Angle (Bank1) value and engine
speed vary.
HINT:
If the VVT system can be operated through the ACTIVE
TEST, it can be assumed that the VVT system is operating
normally.
NG Go to step 4
OK
3 CHECK VALVE TIMING
(a) Remove the cylinder head cover.

(b) Turn the crankshaft pulley, and align the groove with the
alignment mark "0" on the timing chain cover.
(c) Check that the alignment marks on the camshaft
sprocket and camshaft timing gear are facing upward as
Alignment Marks shown in the illustration.
Groove If not, turn the crankshaft 1 revolution (360°), then align
the marks as above.
OK:
A107307E03 Alignment marks on camshaft timing gears are
aligned as shown in the illustration.
(d) Reinstall the cylinder head cover.
Result
Result Proceed to
Alignment marks not aligned A
Alignment marks aligned B
B Go to step 7
ADJUST VALVE TIMING (See page EM-35)


table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 20°C (68°F) 6.9 to 7.9 Ω
2 1
ES
A159178E04

289)
Valve moves
A166827E01
OK
5 INSPECT OIL CONTROL VALVE FILTER
(a) Remove the generator (See page CH-9).

(b) Remove the OCV filter.
(c) Check that the filter is not clogged.
OK:
Filter is not clogged.
(d) Reinstall the OCV filter.
(e) Reinstall the generator (See page CH-15).
NG CLEAN OIL CONTROL VALVE FILTER
OCV Filter
A050664E02
OK
6 REPLACE CAMSHAFT TIMING GEAR ASSEMBLY
(a) Replace the camshaft timing gear assembly (See page

EM-28).
NEXT
7 CONFIRM WHETHER MALFUNCTION HAS BEEN SUCCESSFULLY REPAIRED
ES (a) In order to erase the ECM's learned values for valve

timing, disconnect the cable from the negative (-) battery
terminal for 1 minute.
(b) Reconnect the cable to the negative (-) battery terminal.
(f) Clear DTCs (See page ES-32).
(g) Start the engine and warm it up.
(h) Switch the ECM from normal mode to check mode using
the tester.
(i) Allow the engine to idle for 5 minutes or more.
(j) Drive the vehicle with a city drive pattern for more than
10 minutes.
(k) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / DTC.
(l) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
No output A
P0016 B
END
Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Low

DTC P0031
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit High

DTC P0032
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Low

DTC P0037
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit High

DTC P0038 ES
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
DESCRIPTION
HINT:
• Sensor 1 refers to the sensor mounted in front of the Three-Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and
located near the engine assembly.
• Sensor 2 refers to the sensor mounted behind the TWC and located far from the engine assembly.
The Heated Oxygen (HO2) sensor is used to monitor the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas. For
optimum catalytic converter operation, the air-fuel mixture must be maintained near the ideal
stoichiometric air-fuel ratio. The HO2 sensor output voltage changes suddenly in the vicinity of the
stoichiometric air-fuel ratio. The ECM adjusts the fuel injection time so that the air-fuel ratio is nearly
stoichiometric. The HO2 sensor generates a voltage between 0.1 and 0.9 V in response to the oxygen
concentration in the exhaust gas.
If the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas increases, the air-fuel ratio is described as LEAN. The HO2
sensor voltage drops to below 0.45 V and the HO2 sensor informs the ECM of the LEAN condition.
If there is little oxygen in the exhaust gas, the air-fuel ratio is described as RICH. The HO2 sensor voltage
increases to above 0.45 V and the HO2 sensor informs the ECM of the RICH condition.
Ideal Air-fuel Mixture

Atmosphere
Housing Output Voltage
Platinum Electrode
Solid Electrolyte
(Zirconia Element)
Platinum Electrode
Heater
Coating (Ceramic)
Cover Richer - Air-fuel Ratio - Leaner
Exhaust Gas
A112653E01
HINT:
The ECM has a pulse width modulated control circuit to adjust the current through the heater. The heated
oxygen sensor heater circuit uses a relay on the +B side of the circuit.
Reference (System Diagram of Sensor 1):
Heated Oxygen Sensor ECM

EFI
EFI Heater
From +B HT1A HT1A
Battery
Sensor
E2 OX1A OX1A
ES EX1A
MREL
A169042E01

• Open in heated oxygen sensor heater circuit
Heated oxygen sensor heater current below 0.25 A when
P0031 • Heated oxygen sensor heater
heater operates with +B greater than 10.5 V
P0037 • Integration relay (EFI relay)
• ECM
• Short in heated oxygen sensor heater circuit
Heated oxygen sensor heater current exceeds 2 A when
P0032 • Heated oxygen sensor heater
heater operates
P0038 • Integration relay (EFI relay)
• ECM
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 4
1C 1A
EFI
2 44
1A A20 MREL
3 EFI
1A
Integration Relay 109 ES
2 +B HT1A 1 HT1A
C23
112
OX1A 3 OX1A
C23
Shielded 90
E2 4 EX1A
C23
C24
MAIN (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
47
2 +B HT1B 1 HT1B
C23
64
OX1B 3 OX1B
C23
Battery Shielded 87
E2 4 EX1B
C23
D27
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
ECM
A163999E01
HINT:
• Read freeze frame data using an intelligent tester. Freeze frame data records the engine conditions
when a malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting, freeze frame data can help determine if the
vehicle was running or stopped, if the engine was warmed up or not, if the air-fuel ratio was lean or
rich, and other data from the time the malfunction occurred.
• Sensor 1 refers to the sensor closest to the engine body.
• Sensor 2 refers to the sensor farthest away from the engine body.
1 INSPECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HEATER RESISTANCE)
(a) Disconnect the heated oxygen sensor connector.

Component without harness connected: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
(Heated Oxygen Sensor for Sensor1)
table below.
Standard resistance (Sensor 1)
1 (HT1A) - 2 (+B) 20°C (68°F) 5.3 to 7.5 Ω
+B HT1A
1 (HT1A) - 4 (E2) Always 10 kΩ or higher
2 1
4 3 Standard resistance (Sensor 2)
ES E2 OX1A
1 (HT1B) - 2 (+B) 20°C (68°F) 11 to 16 Ω
(Heated Oxygen Sensor for Sensor2) 1 (HT1B) - 4 (E2) Always 10 kΩ or higher
(c) Reconnect the heated oxygen sensor connectors.

Result
+B HT1B
Result Proceed to

Within standard range A

E2 OX1B Outside standard range for sensor 1 B
Outside standard range for sensor2 C
A107937E03
B REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

(SENSOR 1) (See page ES-276)
C REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

(SENSOR 2) (See page ES-280)
A
2 CHECK TERMINAL VOLTAGE (+B OF HO2 SENSOR)

Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
(to Heated Oxygen Sensor for Sensor1)
(c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard voltage
Tester Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition
+B C24-2 (+B) - Body
1 2 ground
C24 3 4
D27-2 (+B) - Body
ground
ES
Front view of wire harness connector: (d) Reconnect the heated oxygen sensor connector.
NG Go to step 5
+B
1 2
D27
3 4
A107940E03
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (HO2 SENSOR - ECM)

Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Disconnect the ECM connector.
(to Heated Oxygen Sensor for Sensor1) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
HT1A
C24-1 (HT1A) - C23-109
Below 1 Ω
1 2
Always
3 4 (HT1A)
C24
D27-1 (HT1B) - C23-47
Always Below 1 Ω
(HT1B)
(to Heated Oxygen Sensor for Sensor2) Standard resistance (Check for short)
C24-1 (HT1A) or C23-
HT1B 109 (HT1A) - Body Always 10 kΩ or higher
1 2 ground
D27 3 4
D27-1 (HT1B) or C23-47
(HT1B) - Body ground
(d) Reconnect the heated oxygen sensor connector.

Front view of wire harness connector:
(to ECM) NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
CONNECTOR
C23
HT1B HT1A
A115670E03
OK
4 CHECK WHETHER DTC OUTPUT RECURS (DTC P0031, P0032, P0037 OR P0038)

(c) Clear DTCs (See page ES-32).
(d) Start the engine.
(e) Allow the engine to idle for 1 minute or more.
(f) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / DTC.
(g) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
No output A
P0031, P0032, P0037 or P0038 B
5 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (EFI FUSE)
(a) Remove the EFI fuse from the integration relay.

(Fuse side of Integration Relay)
table below.
Standard resistance
ES
EFI Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
EFI fuse Always Below 1 Ω
1
2 (c) Reinstall the EFI fuse.
A164025E01
NG CHECK FOR SHORT IN ALL HARNESSES
AND CONNECTORS CONNECTED TO FUSE
AND REPLACE FUSE
OK
6 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (EFI RELAY)
(a) Remove the integration relay from the engine room relay
Component without harness connected: block and junction block.
(Connector side of Integration Relay)
table below.
Standard resistance
1C 1A
When battery voltage
8 76 5 4 32 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 kΩ or higher
1 absent
1C-1 - 1A-4 When battery voltage
A166826E01 applied to terminal 1A-2 Below 1 Ω
- 1A-3
(c) Reinstall the integration relay.

NG REPLACE INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (See
page ES-284)
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (HO2 SENSOR - EFI RELAY)
(a) Disconnect the heated oxygen sensor connectors.

(b) Remove the integration relay from the engine room relay
(to Integration Relay) block and junction block.
1A (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
4 C24-2 (+B) - 1A-4

Always Below 1 Ω
(Integration relay)
ES D27-2 (+B) - 1A-4

(Integration relay)
Always Below 1 Ω

C24-2 (+B) or 1A-4
(Integration relay) - Always 10 kΩ or higher
Body ground
D27-2 (+B) or 1A-4
(Integration relay) - Always 10 kΩ or higher
Engine Room Relay Block
Body ground
and Junction Block
(d) Reconnect the heated oxygen sensor connector.
Front view of wire harness connector: (e) Reinstall the integration relay.
CONNECTOR
+B
1 2
C24 3 4

+B
1 2
D27 3 4
A166828E01
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE ECM POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT (See page ES-192)

DTC P0100 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit
DTC P0102 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input
DTC P0103 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input

DESCRIPTION
The Mass Air Flow (MAF) meter is a sensor that measures the amount of air flowing through the throttle
valve.
The ECM uses this information to determine the fuel injection time and to provide the appropriate air-fuel
ratio.
Inside the MAF meter, there is a heated platinum wire which is exposed to the flow of intake air. ES
By applying a specific electrical current to the wire, the ECM heats it to a given temperature. The flow of
incoming air cools both the wire and an internal thermistor, affecting their resistance. To maintain a
constant current value, the ECM varies the voltage applied to these components in the MAF meter. The
voltage level is proportional to the airflow through the sensor, and the ECM uses it to calculate the intake
air volume.
The circuit is constructed so that the platinum hot wire and the temperature sensor create a bridge circuit,
and the power transistor is controlled so that the potentials of A and B remain equal to maintain the
predetermined temperature.
HINT:
When any of these DTCs are set, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. During fail-safe mode, the ignition
timing is calculated by the ECM, according to the engine RPM and throttle valve position. Fail-safe mode
continues until a pass condition is detected.
Temperature Sensor
(Thermistor) B+
Power Transistor
Platinum Hot Wire (Heater)
A B Output Voltage
Temperature Sensor (Thermistor) Platinum Hot Wire (Heater)
A094565E06

Mass air flow meter voltage less than 0.2 V, or more • Open or short in mass air flow meter circuit
than 4.9 V for 3 seconds or more when engine speed • Mass air flow meter
P0100
less than 4000 rpm • ECM
Mass air flow meter voltage less than 0.2 V for 3 • Open or short in mass air flow meter circuit
seconds or more when engine speed less than 4000 • Mass air flow meter
P0102
rpm • ECM
Mass air flow meter voltage more than 4.9 V for 3 • Open or short in mass air flow meter circuit
seconds or more when engine speed less than 4000 • Mass air flow meter
P0103
rpm • ECM
HINT:
When any of these DTCs are set, check the air-flow rate by selecting the following menu items on an
intelligent tester: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / MAF.
Mass Air Flow Rate (g/sec) Malfunction
• Open in mass air flow meter power source circuit
Approximately 0.0
• Open or short in VG circuit
160.0 or more • Open in E2G circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
ES
1 1 2 4
1 +B
1C 1A
EFI 2 118
VG 3 VG
1A C23
3 EFI 116
E2G 2 E2G
MAIN 1A C23
Integration Relay
C27
Mass Air Flow Meter
Battery 44
MREL
A20
ECM
A164003E01
HINT:
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (MASS AIR FLOW RATE)

and ECT / Data List / MAF.
(e) Read the value.
Result
Mass Air Flow Rate (g/sec) Proceed to
0.0 A
160.0 or more B
Between 1.0 and 159.0 (*1) C
*1: The value must change when the throttle valve is

open or closed with the engine running.
B Go to step 6
C CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS

(See page ES-12)
A
ES
2 INSPECT MASS AIR FLOW METER (POWER SOURCE VOLTAGE)
(a) Disconnect the mass air flow meter connector.

(to Mass Air Flow Meter)
table below.
Standard voltage
C27 Tester Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition
1 2 3 4 5 C27-1 (+B) - Body
ground
+B
A107942E10
(d) Reconnect the mass air flow meter connector.
NG Go to step 5
OK
3 INSPECT MASS AIR FLOW METER (VG VOLTAGE)
(a) Inspect output voltage.

Mass Air Flow Meter (1) Disconnect the mass air flow meter connector.
(2) Apply battery voltage across terminals +B and E2G.
(3) Connect the positive (+) tester probe to terminal VG,
E2G and the negative (-) tester probe to terminal E2G.
+B
VG (4) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
5 4 3 2 1 Standard voltage
A112625E05
Apply battery voltage
3 (VG) - 2 (E2G) across terminal +B and 0.2 to 4.9 V
E2G
(5) Reconnect the mass air flow meter connector.

NG REPLACE MASS AIR FLOW METER (See
page ES-256)
OK
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MASS AIR FLOW METER - ECM)

(to Mass Air Flow Meter) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
C27 1 2 3 4 5 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C27-3 (VG) - C23-118
Always Below 1 Ω
(VG)
E2G VG
C27-2 (E2G) - C23-116
Always Below 1 Ω
(to ECM)
(E2G)

C23
C27-3 (VG) or C23-118
(VG) - Body ground

E2G VG CONNECTOR
A107856E30
OK

5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MASS AIR FLOW METER - INTEGRATION RELAY)

Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Remove the integration relay (EFI relay) from the engine
room relay block and junction block.
table below.
C27
+B 1 2 3 4 5 C27-1 (+B) - 1A-4 Always Below 1 Ω

(to Integration Relay)
ES
C27-1 (+B) or 1A-4 -
Body ground
1C 1B 1A (d) Reconnect the mass air flow meter connector.

(e) Reinstall the integration relay.
4 CONNECTOR

and Junction Block
A166829E01
OK

6 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SENSOR GROUND)

table below.
Standard resistance
C27 C27-2 (E2G) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
1 2 3 4 5 ground
E2G (c) Reconnect the mass air flow meter connector.

Result
ES A107942E11
Result Proceed to
Outside standard range A
Within standard range B
B REPLACE MASS AIR FLOW METER (See

page ES-256)

(to Mass Air Flow Meter) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
C27-3 (VG) - C23-118
Always Below 1 Ω
(VG)
E2G VG
C27-2 (E2G) - C23-116
Always Below 1 Ω
Front view of wire harness connector: (E2G)
(to ECM)
C23
C27-3 (VG) or C23-118
(VG) - Body ground

E2G VG CONNECTOR
A107856E30
OK

DTC P0110 Intake Air Temperature Circuit Malfunction
DTC P0112 Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input
DTC P0113 Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input

DESCRIPTION
Fig. 1
Resistance
(kΩ)
ES
Acceptable
(°C)
(°F)
Temperature
A132329E01
The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, mounted on the Mass Air Flow (MAF) meter, monitors the IAT.
The IAT sensor has a built-in thermistor with a resistance that varies according to the temperature of the
intake air. When the IAT becomes low, the resistance of the thermistor increases. When the temperature
becomes high, the resistance drops. These variations in resistance are transmitted to the ECM as voltage
changes (see Fig. 1).
The IAT sensor is powered by a 5 V supply from the THA terminal of the ECM, via resistor R.
Resistor R and the IAT sensor are connected in series. When the resistance value of the IAT sensor
changes, the voltage at terminal THA varies accordingly. Based on this signal, the ECM increases the fuel
injection volume when the engine is cold to improve driveability.
HINT:
When any of DTCs P0110, P0112 and P0113 are set, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. During fail-safe
mode, the IAT is estimated to be 20°C (68°F) by the ECM. Fail-safe mode continues until a pass condition
is detected.
DTC No. Proceed to DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area
• Open or short in intake air temperature sensor
Open or short in intake air temperature sensor circuit circuit
P0110 Step 1 for 0.5 seconds • Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass air
(1 trip detection logic) flow meter)
• ECM
• Short in intake air temperature sensor circuit
Short in intake air temperature sensor circuit for 0.5
• Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass air
P0112 Step 4 seconds
flow meter)
• ECM

• Open in intake air temperature sensor circuit
Open in intake air temperature sensor circuit for 0.5
• Intake air temperature sensor (built into mass air
P0113 Step 2 seconds
flow meter)
• ECM
HINT:
When any of these DTCs are set, check the intake air temperature by selecting the following menu items
on an intelligent tester: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / Intake Air.
Temperature Displayed Malfunction
-40°C (-40°F) Open circuit
140°C (284°F) Short circuit
ES WIRING DIAGRAM
5V
65 R
THA 4 THA
C23
88
E2 5 ETHA
C23
C27
Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Mass Air Flow Meter)
ECM
A148767E08
HINT:
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE)

and ECT / Data List / Intake Air.
(e) Read the value.
Standard:
Same as actual intake air temperature.
Result
Result Proceed to
-40°C (-40°F) A
140°C (284°F) B
Same as actual intake air
C
temperature
HINT:
• If there is an open circuit, the intelligent tester
indicates -40°C (-40°F).
• If there is a short circuit, the intelligent tester indicates
140°C (284°F). ES
B Go to step 4

(See page ES-12)
2 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (CHECK FOR OPEN IN WIRE HARNESS)

ECM (b) Connect terminals THA and E2 of the mass air flow
Mass Air Flow Meter meter wire harness side connector.
THA (e) Turn the tester on.
ETHA and ECT / Data List / Intake Air.
(g) Read the value.
Front view of wire harness connector: Standard:
140°C (284°F)
(h) Reconnect the mass air flow meter connector.
Result
C27
Result Proceed to
B CONFIRM GOOD CONNECTION TO

THA E2 SENSOR. IF OK, REPLACE MASS AIR FLOW
A107690E29
METER (See page ES-256)
A

table below.
Standard resistance
C27-4 (THA) - C23-65
Always Below 1 Ω
(THA)
THA E2
C27-5 (E2) - C23-88
Always Below 1 Ω
(to ECM)
(ETHA)

C23 (e) Reconnect the ECM connector.
CONNECTOR
ETHA THA
A107856E31
OK
CONFIRM GOOD CONNECTION TO ECM. IF OK, REPLACE ECM (See page ES-248)
4 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (CHECK FOR SHORT IN WIRE HARNESS)

ECM (b) Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.
Mass Air Flow Meter
(c) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
(d) Turn the tester on.
THA and ECT / Data List / Intake Air.
(f) Read the value.
ETHA Standard:
-40°C (-40°F)
A084869E90 (g) Reconnect the mass air flow meter connector.
Result
Result Proceed to
B REPLACE MASS AIR FLOW METER (See

page ES-256)
A

table below.
Standard resistance
C27-4 (THA) or C23-65
(THA) - Body ground
THA
(to ECM) (e) Reconnect the ECM connector. ES
C23 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
CONNECTOR
THA
A107856E33
OK

Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Malfunc-

DTC P0115
tion
DTC P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
DTC P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input

DESCRIPTION
A thermistor, whose resistance value varies according to the engine coolant temperature, is built into the
engine coolant temperature sensor.
The structure of the sensor and its connection to the ECM are the same as those of the intake air
ES temperature sensor.
HINT:
When any of DTCs P0115, P0117 and P0118 are set, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. During fail-safe
mode, the engine coolant temperature is estimated to be 80°C (176°F) by the ECM. Fail-safe mode
continues until a pass condition is detected.
• Open or short in engine coolant temperature
Open or short in engine coolant temperature sensor
sensor circuit
P0115 Step 1 circuit for 0.5 seconds
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
• ECM
• Short in engine coolant temperature sensor
Short in engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
circuit
P0117 Step 4 for 0.5 seconds
• ECM
• Open in engine coolant temperature sensor
Open in engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
circuit
P0118 Step 2 for 0.5 seconds
• ECM
HINT:
When any of these DTCs are set, check the engine coolant temperature by selecting the following menu
items on an intelligent tester: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / Coolant Temp.
Temperature Displayed Malfunction
-40°C (-40°F) Open circuit
140°C (284°F) Short circuit
WIRING DIAGRAM
5V
97 R
THW
C23
2
ES
96
ETHW
C23
1
C19
ECM
A148767E09
HINT:
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE)

and ECT / Data List / Coolant Temp.
(e) Read the value.
Standard:
Between 80°C and 100°C (176°F and 212°F) with
warm engine.
Result
Result Proceed to
-40°C (-40°F) A
140°C (284°F) B
Between 80°C and 100°C (176°F and
C
212°F)
HINT:
• If there is an open circuit, the intelligent tester
indicates -40°C (-40°F).
• If there is a short circuit, the intelligent tester indicates
140°C (284°F).
B Go to step 4

(See page ES-12)
2 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (CHECK FOR OPEN IN WIRE HARNESS)
(a) Disconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor

connector.
Engine Coolant
(b) Connect terminals 1 and 2 of the engine coolant
ES Temperature Sensor ECM
temperature sensor connector on the wire harness side.
THW (e) Turn the tester on.
ETHW and ECT / Data List / Coolant Temp.
(g) Read the value.
Standard:
Front view of wire harness connector: 140°C (284°F)
(to Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) (h) Reconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor
connector.
Result
Result Proceed to
C19 Outside standard range A

A107691E40
B CONFIRM GOOD CONNECTION TO
SENSOR. IF OK, REPLACE ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (See
page ES-266)
A
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR -

ECM)

(to Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)
connector.
(b) Disconnect the ECM connector.
table below.
Standard resistance
C19
C19-2 - C23-97 (THW) Always Below 1 Ω
C19-1 - C23-96 (ETHW) Always Below 1 Ω
ES
(d) Reconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor
connector.
(to ECM)
CONNECTOR
ETHW THW
A159444E08
OK
CONFIRM GOOD CONNECTION TO ECM. IF OK, REPLACE ECM (See page ES-248)
4 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (CHECK FOR SHORT IN WIRE HARNESS)

Engine Coolant connector.
ECM
Temperature Sensor
(b) Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.
THW (e) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / Data List / Coolant Temp.
ETHW (f) Read the value.
Standard:
A084869E91 -40°C (-40°F)
(g) Reconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor
connector.
Result
Result Proceed to
B REPLACE ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR (See page ES-266)
5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR -

ECM)

(to Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)
connector.
table below.
Standard resistance
C19
ES
C19-2 or C23-97 (THW) -
Body ground
(d) Reconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor

(to ECM) (e) Reconnect the ECM connector.

CONNECTOR
THW
A159444E09
OK

Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range /

DTC P0116
Performance Problem
DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature between -40°C and 60°C (-
40°F and 140°F) when engine started, and conditions
(a) and (b) met (2 trip detection logic):
• Thermostat
P0116 (a) Vehicle driven at varying speeds (accelerated and
decelerated)
(b) Engine coolant temperature remains within 3°C
ES
(5.4°F) of initial engine coolant temperature
HINT:
• If any of DTCs P0115, P0117 or P0118 are set simultaneously with DTC P0116, the engine coolant
temperature sensor may have an open or a short circuit. Troubleshoot those DTCs first.
• Read freeze frame data using an intelligent tester. The ECM records vehicle and driving condition
information as freeze frame data the moment a DTC is stored. When troubleshooting, freeze frame
data can help determine if the vehicle was moving or stationary, if the engine was warmed up or not, if
the air-fuel ratio was lean or rich, and other data from the time the malfunction occurred.

and ECT / DTC.
(e) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0116 A
HINT:
those DTCs first.
2 INSPECT THERMOSTAT
(a) Remove the thermostat (See page CO-16).

(b) Measure the valve opening temperature of the

thermostat.
Standard temperature:
80°C to 84°C (176°F to 183°F)
HINT:
In addition to the above check, confirm that the valve is
completely closed when the temperature is below the
standard.
(c) Reinstall the thermostat (See page CO-16).
P000436E01
NG REPLACE THERMOSTAT (See page CO-16)
OK
ES
REPLACE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (See page ES-266)
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch "A"

DTC P0120
Circuit Malfunction

DTC P0121
Circuit Range / Performance Problem

DTC P0122
Circuit Low Input

DTC P0123 ES
Circuit High Input
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch "B"

DTC P0220
Circuit

DTC P0222
Circuit Low Input

DTC P0223
Circuit High Input
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch "A" /

DTC P2135
"B" Voltage Correlation
DESCRIPTION
HINT:
These DTCs relate to the Throttle Position (TP) sensor.
The Throttle Position (TP) sensor is mounted on the throttle body assembly, and detects the opening
angle of the throttle valve. This sensor is a non-contact type. It uses Hall-effect elements in order to yield
accurate signals even in extreme driving conditions such as at high speeds and very low speeds.
The TP sensor has two sensor circuits which each transmits a signal, VTA1 and VTA2. VTA1 is used to
detect the throttle valve angle and VTA2 is used to detect malfunctions in VTA1. The sensor signal
voltages vary between 0 V and 5 V in proportion to the throttle valve opening angle, and are transmitted to
the VTA terminals of the ECM.
As the valve closes, the sensor output voltage decreases and as the valve opens, the sensor output
voltage increases. The ECM calculates the throttle valve opening angle according to these signals and
controls the throttle actuator in response to driver inputs. These signals are also used in calculations such
as air-fuel ratio correction, power increase correction and fuel-cut control.
Line indicating VTA2 x 0.8

Magnet Sensor Output Voltage (V) Fail-safe Angle

ECM
5.0
IC No. 1
4.65
VCTA
VTA2
VTA1
ES VTA2
2.55*
2.25
1.11 V
ETA 0.93* VTA1
0.69
IC No. 2 6°
Usable Range 84°
Magnet 0°
Note: Throttle Valve Opening Angle (°)
The throttle valve opening angle detected by the

*: During fail-safe control
sensor terminal VTA1 is expressed as a percentage.
Features of sensor output:

Between 10% and 22%: Throttle valve fully closed
The difference in voltage between VTA1 and VTA2 x 0.8
Between 64% and 96%: Throttle valve fully open is approximately 1.11 V.
Approximately 19%: Fail-safe angle (6°)

(VTA2 × 0.8 is approximately equal to VTA1 + 1.11 V)
A208679E06

Output voltage of VTA1 quickly fluctuates beyond lower
• Throttle position sensor (built into throttle body
and upper malfunction thresholds for 2 seconds or
P0120 assembly)
more
• ECM
Difference between VTA1 and VTA2 voltages is less
assembly)
P0121 than 0.8 V, or more than 1.6 V for 2 seconds
• Throttle position sensor circuit
• ECM
Output voltage of VTA1 0.2 V or less for 2 seconds or assembly)
P0122 more • Short in VTA1 circuit
(1 trip detection logic) • Open in VC circuit
• ECM

assembly)
Output voltage of VTA1 4.535 V or more for 2 seconds
• Open in VTA1 circuit
P0123 or more
• Open in E2 circuit
• Short between VC and VTA1 circuits
• ECM
Output voltage of VTA2 quickly fluctuates beyond lower
and upper malfunction thresholds for 2 seconds or
P0220 assembly)
more
• ECM
Output voltage of VTA2 1.75 V or less for 2 seconds or assembly)
P0222 more • Short in VTA2 circuit
(1 trip detection logic) • Open in VC circuit
•
•
ECM
Throttle position sensor (built into throttle body
ES
assembly)
Output voltage of VTA2 4.8 V or more, and VTA1
• Open in VTA2 circuit
P0223 between 0.2 V and 2.02 V, for 2 seconds or more
• Open in E2 circuit
• Short between VC and VTA2 circuits
• ECM
Either condition (a) or (b) met (1 trip detection logic):
• Short between VTA1 and VTA2 circuits
(a) Difference between output voltages of VTA1 and
P2135 VTA2 0.02 V or less for 0.5 seconds or more
assembly)
(b) Output voltage of VTA1 0.2 V or less, and VTA2
• ECM
1.75 V or less, for 0.4 seconds or more
HINT:
• When any of these DTCs are set, check the throttle valve opening angle by selecting the following
menu items on an intelligent tester: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / Throttle Position No. 1
and Throttle Position No. 2.
• Throttle Position No. 1 denotes the VTA1 signal, and Throttle Position No. 2 denotes the VTA2 signal.
Reference (Normal Condition)
Tester Display Accelerator Pedal Fully Released Accelerator Pedal Fully Depressed
Throttle Position No. 1 0.5 to 1.1 V 3.2 to 4.8 V
Throttle Position No. 2 2.1 to 3.1 V 4.6 to 5.0 V
FAIL-SAFE
When any of these DTCs, as well as other DTCs relating to ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System)
malfunctions, are set, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. During fail-safe mode, the ECM cuts the current to
the throttle actuator off, and the throttle valve is returned to a 6° throttle angle by the return spring. The
ECM then adjusts the engine output by controlling the fuel injection (intermittent fuel-cut) and ignition
timing, in accordance with the accelerator pedal opening angle, to allow the vehicle to continue at a
minimal speed. If the accelerator pedal is depressed gently, the vehicle can be driven slowly. Fail-safe
mode continues until a pass condition is detected, and the ignition switch is then turned off.
WIRING DIAGRAM
115
VTA 6 VTA1
C23
IC
67
VC 5 VCTA
C23
114
IC VTA2 4 VTA2
C23
ES
E2 3 91 ETA
C23
C17 ECM
Throttle Position Sensor (Built into Throttle Body Assembly)
A164000E01
HINT:
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (THROTTLE POSITION NO. 1 AND

THROTTLE POSITION NO. 2)

and ECT / Data List / Throttle Position No. 1 and Throttle
Position No. 2.
(e) Read the values.
Result
When Accelerator Pedal Released When Accelerator Pedal Depressed
Throttle Position Throttle Position Throttle Position Throttle Position Trouble Area Proceed to
No. 1 (VTA1) No. 2 (VTA2) No. 1 (VTA1) No. 2 (VTA2)
0 V to 0.2 V 0 V to 0.2 V 0 V to 0.2 V 0 V to 0.2 V VC circuit open
4.5 V to 5.0 V 4.5 V to 5.0 V 4.5 V to 5.0 V 4.5 V to 5.0 V E2 circuit open
0 V to 0.2 V, 2.1 V to 3.1 V 0 V to 0.2 V, 2.1 V to 3.1 V VTA1 circuit open or A
or 4.5 V to 5.0 V (Fail-safe) or 4.5 V to 5.0 V (Fail-safe) ground short
0.6 V to 1.4 V 0 V to 0.2 V, 0.6 V to 1.4 V 0 V to 0.2 V, VTA2 circuit open or
(Fail-safe) or 4.5 V to 5.0 V (Fail-safe) or 4.5 V to 5.0 V ground short
Throttle position
3.2 V to 4.8 V 4.6 V to 5.0 V
0.5 V to 1.1 V 2.1 V to 3.1 V sensor circuit B
(Not fail-safe) (Not fail-safe)
normal
HINT:
• DTC P0121 is stored when the voltages output from VTA1
and VTA2 are not consistent with the characteristics of the
sensors. Therefore, check the Freeze Frame Data when
this DTC is output. Use the following formula to confirm
relative fluctuations in voltage.
Features of sensor output:
VTA2 x 0.8 is approximately equal to VTA1 + 1.11 V
VTA1: Throttle Position No. 1.
VTA2: Throttle Position No. 2.
• If DTC P0121 is output, proceed to "CHECK HARNESS
AND CONNECTOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR -
ECM)".
B Go to step 5
ES
A
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR - ECM)
(a) Disconnect the throttle body connector.

(to Throttle Body) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
C17-5 (VC) - C23-67
C17 1 2 3 4 5 6 Always Below 1 Ω
(VCTA)
C17-6 (VTA) - C23-115
Always Below 1 Ω
(VTA1)
E2 VTA2 VC VTA
C17-4 (VTA2) - C23-114
Front view of wire harness connector: Always Below 1 Ω
(VTA2)
(to ECM) C17-3 (E2) - C23-91
C23 Always Below 1 Ω
(ETA)

C17-5 (VC) or C23-67
(VCTA) - Body ground
C17-6 (VTA) or C23-115
VCTA VTA2 VTA1 ETA Always 10 kΩ or higher
(VTA1) - Body ground
A107944E25
C17-4 (VTA2) or C23-114
(VTA2) - Body ground
(d) Reconnect the throttle body connector.

CONNECTOR
OK
3 INSPECT ECM (VC VOLTAGE)

(to Throttle Body)
table below.
Standard voltage
1 2 3 4 5 6
C17 C17-5 (VC) - C17-3 (E2) Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V
E2 VC (d) Reconnect the throttle body connector.

ES A107895E18
NG REPLACE ECM (See page ES-248)
OK
4 REPLACE THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY
(a) Replace the throttle body assembly (See page ES-242).

NEXT
5 CHECK WHETHER DTC OUTPUT RECURS (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DTCS)

(e) Start the engine.
(f) Allow the engine to idle for 15 seconds or more.
and ECT / DTC.
(h) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0220,
A
P0222, P0223 and/or P2135
No output B
B END

Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected

DTC P0134
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
DESCRIPTION
HINT:
Sensor 1 refers to the sensor mounted in front of the Three-Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and located
near the engine assembly.
In order to obtain a high purification rate of the carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbon (HC) and nitrogen
oxide (NOx) components in the exhaust gas, a TWC is used. For the most efficient use of the TWC, the
air-fuel ratio must be precisely controlled so that it is always close to the stoichiometric air-fuel level. For
the purpose of helping the ECM to deliver accurate air-fuel ratio control, a Heated Oxygen (HO2) sensor
is used. The HO2 sensor is located in front of the TWC, and detects the oxygen concentration in the ES
exhaust gas.
Since the sensor is integrated with the heater that heats the sensing portion, it is possible to detect the
oxygen concentration even when the intake air volume is low (the exhaust gas temperature is low). When
the air-fuel ratio becomes lean, the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas is rich. The HO2 sensor
indicates to the ECM that the pre-TWC air-fuel ratio is lean (low voltage, i.e. less than 0.45 V).
Conversely, when the air-fuel ratio is richer than the stoichiometric air-fuel level, the oxygen concentration
in the exhaust gas becomes lean. The HO2 sensor indicates to the ECM that the pre-TWC air-fuel ratio is
rich (high voltage, i.e. more than 0.45 V). The HO2 sensor has the property of changing its output voltage
drastically when the air-fuel ratio is close to the stoichiometric level. The ECM uses the supplementary
information from the HO2 sensor to determine whether the air-fuel ratio in front of the TWC is rich or lean,
and adjusts the fuel injection time accordingly. Thus, if the HO2 sensor is working improperly due to
internal malfunctions, the ECM is unable to compensate for deviations in the primary air-fuel ratio control.

Atmosphere
Platinum Electrode
Solid Electrolyte
(Zirconia Element)
Platinum Electrode
Heater
Coating (Ceramic)
Exhaust Gas
A112653E01
HINT:
The ECM provides a pulse width modulated control circuit to adjust the current through the heater. The
heated oxygen sensor heater circuit uses a relay on the +B side of the circuit.

EFI
EFI Heater
From +B HT1A HT1A
Battery
Sensor
E2 OX1A OX1A
ES EX1A
MREL
A169042E01

• Open or short in heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1) circuit
Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1) output does not indicate • Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1) heater
rich (more than 0.45 V) even once when conditions (a), (b), • Heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1)
(c), (d) and (e) continue for more than 50 seconds (1 trip • Fuel pressure
detection logic): • Air induction system
P0134 (a) Engine speed: 1400 rpm or more • PCV hose connections
(b) Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (25 mph) or more • PCV valve and hose
(c) Throttle valve not fully closed • Fuel injector
(d) 180 seconds or more after starting engine • Exhaust gas leak
(e) Engine coolant temperature more than 40°C (104°F) • Integration relay (EFI relay)
• ECM
HINT:
If this DTC is set, check the output voltage of the heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1) by entering the
following menus on the intelligent tester: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / O2S B1S1.
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 4
1C 1A
EFI
2 44
1A A20 MREL
3 EFI
1A
2 +B HT1A 1 HT1A
C23
112
OX1A 3 OX1A
C23
Shielded 90
E2 4 EX1A
C23
C24
47
2 +B HT1B 1 HT1B
C23
64
OX1B 3 OX1B
C23
Battery Shielded 87
E2 4 EX1B
C23
D27
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
ECM
A163999E01
CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN
Vehicle Speed
(6)
40 km/h (25 mph)
ES Idling (5)
Ignition Switch OFF
Warming up* 3 minutes or more
*: 3 minutes or more after starting engine

C121872E03
HINT:
This confirmation driving pattern is used in the "PERFORM CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN"
procedure of the following diagnostic troubleshooting procedure.
(1) Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to ON and turn the tester on.
(3) Clear DTCs (See page ES-32).
(4) Start the engine.
(5) Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature reaches 40°C (104°F).
(6) Drive the vehicle at a speed of more than 40 km/h (25 mph) for 3 minutes or more.
NOTICE:
If the conditions in this test are not strictly followed, malfunctions may not be detected.
HINT:
It is possible that the malfunctioning area can be found using the Active Test Control operation. The Active
Test can determine if the heated oxygen sensor or other potential trouble areas are malfunctioning or not.
The injection volume can be switched to -12.5% (decrease) or +25% (increase) by the Active Test.
The Active Test procedure enables a technician to check and graph the voltage outputs of the heated
oxygen sensors.
Procedure:
(a)Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(b)Turn the ignition switch to ON.
(c) Warm up the engine by running the engine at 2500 rpm for approximately 90 seconds.
(d)Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Active Test / Control the Injection
Volume for A/F Sensor.
(e)Perform the Active Test while the engine is idling.
Standard:
The heated oxygen sensor reacts in accordance with the increases and decreases in injection
volume:
+25% → RICH output: More than 0.45 V
-12.5% → LEAN output: Less than 0.4 V
NOTICE:
The Heated Oxygen (HO2) sensor (sensor 1) has an output delay of a few seconds and the Heated
Oxygen (HO2) sensor (sensor 2) has a maximum output delay of 20 seconds.
If the vehicle is short of fuel, the air-fuel ratio becomes LEAN and the DTCs are recorded.
Main Suspected
Case Front HO2 Sensor (Sensor 1) Output Voltage Rear HO2 Sensor (Sensor 2) Output Voltage
Trouble Area
+25% +25%
Injection Volume Injection Volume
-12.5% -12.5%
1 -
More than 0.45 V More than 0.5 V
Output Voltage OK Output Voltage OK
Less than 0.4 V Less than 0.4 V
+25% +25% • Front HO2 sensor

ES
Injection Volume Injection Volume • Front HO2 sensor
-12.5% -12.5%
2 heater
• Front HO2 sensor
More than 0.5 V
Output Voltage NG Output Voltage OK circuit
Almost no reaction Less than 0.4 V
+25% +25% • Rear HO2 sensor

Injection Volume Injection Volume • Rear HO2 sensor
-12.5% -12.5%
3 heater
• Rear HO2 sensor
More than 0.45 V
Output Voltage OK Output Voltage NG
circuit
Less than 0.4 V Almost no reaction
• Fuel injector
+25% +25% • Fuel pressure
-12.5% -12.5% • Gas leak from
4
exhaust system (Air-
fuel ratio extremely
Output Voltage Output Voltage
NG NG rich or lean)
Almost no reaction Almost no reaction
HINT:
a malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting, freeze frame data can help determine if the vehicle was
running or stopped, if the engine was warmed up or not, if the air-fuel ratio was lean or rich, and other data
from the time the malfunction occurred.

(c) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / DTC.
(d) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0134 A
HINT:
If any DTCs other than P0134 are output, troubleshoot those
DTCs first.
2 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF HEATED OXYGEN

SENSOR)

(c) Start the engine.
and ECT / Data List / O2S B1S1 and Engine Speed.
ES (e) Warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature
reaches more than 40°C (104°F).
(f) Rev the engine up to 4000 rpm 3 times using the
accelerator pedal.
(g) Read the output voltage of the front heated oxygen
sensor displayed on the tester when the engine speed is
suddenly increased.
Standard:
Heated oxygen sensor voltage output indicates
0.45 V or more (rich signal) at least once.
NG Go to step 6
OK
3 PERFORM CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN
HINT:
Clear all DTCs before performing the confirmation driving
pattern.
NEXT

and ECT / DTC.
(d) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
No output A
P0134 B
A
5 CONFIRM IF VEHICLE HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL IN PAST
(a) If the vehicle has run out of fuel, proceed to A.

(b) If the vehicle has not run out of fuel, proceed to B.
(See page ES-12)
DTC CAUSED BY RUNNING OUT OF FUEL

ES
6 CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTIONS
OK:
PCV hose is connected correctly and is not damaged.
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE PCV HOSE
OK
7 INSPECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HEATER RESISTANCE) (See page ES-72)
NG REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (See

page ES-276)
OK
8 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (EFI FUSE) (See page ES-75)

AND REPLACE FUSE
OK
9 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (EFI RELAY) (See page ES-75)

page ES-284)
OK
10 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR - ECM)
(a) Disconnect the heated oxygen sensor (sensor 1)

(to Heated Oxygen Sensor (Sensor1)) connector.
(c) Measure the resistance according to value(s) in the table
C24 below.
HT1A Standard resistance (Check for open)
OX1A E2
C24-3 (OX1A) - C23-112
Always Below 1 Ω
(OX1A)

(to ECM)
C24-1 (HT1A) - C23-109
(HT1A)
Always Below 1 Ω

C23
C24-3 (OX1A) or C23-
112 (OX1A) - Body Always 10 kΩ or higher
ground
C24-1 (HT1A) or C23-
109 (HT1A) - Body Always 10 kΩ or higher
ground
OX1A HT1A
A105980E04
(d) Reconnect the ECM connector.
(e) Reconnect the heated oxygen sensor connector.

EFI
EFI Heater
From +B HT1A HT1A
Battery
Sensor
E2 OX1A OX1A
EX1A
MREL
A169042E01

CONNECTOR
OK
11 CHECK WHETHER MISFIRE OCCURS BY MONITORING DTC AND DATA LIST
NG TROUBLESHOOT MISFIRE
OK
12 CHECK AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
(a) Check the air induction system for vacuum leaks (See
page EC-3).
OK:
No leak from air induction system.
ES
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE AIR INDUCTION
SYSTEM
OK
13 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
(a) Check the fuel pressure (See page FU-6).

NG REPAIR OR REPLACE FUEL SYSTEM
OK
14 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR
(a) Check the fuel injector injection (whether fuel volume is

high or low, and whether injection pattern is poor) (See
page FU-14).
NG REPLACE FUEL INJECTOR (See page FU-11)
OK
15 CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
OK:
No gas leak.
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE EXHAUST GAS LEAK
POINT
OK
REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (See page ES-276)

Oxygen Sensor Circuit Malfunction (Bank 1

DTC P0136
Sensor 2)
DESCRIPTION
HINT:
Sensor 2 refers to the sensor mounted behind the Three-Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) and located far
from the engine assembly.
In order to obtain a high purification rate of the carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbon (HC) and nitrogen
oxide (NOx) components in the exhaust gas, a TWC is used. For the most efficient use of the TWC, the
air-fuel ratio must be precisely controlled so that it is always close to the stoichiometric air-fuel level. For
the purpose of helping the ECM to deliver accurate air-fuel ratio control, a Heated Oxygen (HO2) sensor
ES is used. The Heated Oxygen sensor is located behind the TWC, and detects the oxygen concentration in
the exhaust gas. Since the sensor is integrated with the heater that heats the sensing portion, it is
possible to detect the oxygen concentration even when the intake air volume is low (the exhaust gas
temperature is low).
When the air-fuel ratio becomes lean, the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas is rich. The Heated
Oxygen sensor indicates to the ECM that the post-TWC air-fuel ratio is lean (low voltage, i.e. less than
0.45 V). Conversely, when the air-fuel ratio is richer than the stoichiometric air-fuel level, the oxygen
concentration in the exhaust gas becomes lean. The Heated Oxygen sensor indicates to the ECM that the
post-TWC air-fuel ratio is rich (high voltage, i.e. more than 0.45 V). The Heated Oxygen sensor has the
property of changing its output voltage drastically when the air-fuel ratio is close to the stoichiometric
level. The ECM uses the supplementary information from the Heated Oxygen sensor to determine
whether the air-fuel ratio after the TWC is rich or lean, and adjusts the fuel injection time accordingly.
Thus, if the Heated Oxygen sensor is working improperly due to internal malfunctions, the ECM is unable
to compensate for deviations in the primary air-fuel ratio control.

Atmosphere
Platinum Electrode
Solid Electrolyte
(Zirconia Element)
Platinum Electrode
Heater
Coating (Ceramic)
Exhaust Gas
A112653E01

Following conditions (a) and (b) met for 6 minutes or more
• Open or short in Heated Oxygen sensor (sensor 2) circuit
after engine warmed up (2 trip detection logic):
• Heated Oxygen sensor (sensor 2)
P0136 (a) Vehicle driven in 6 STOP-and-GO* cycles
• Heated Oxygen sensor (sensor 2) heater
(b) Heated Oxygen (HO2) sensor (sensor 2) voltage remains
• Integration relay (EFI relay)
at 0.4 V or more or 0.5 V or less.
HINT:
*: STOP refers to a vehicle speed of less than 5 km/h (3.1 mph) and GO refers to a vehicle speed of more
than 28 km/h (17.4 mph)
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 4
1C 1A
EFI
2 44
1A A20 MREL
3 EFI
1A
2 +B HT1A 1 HT1A
C23
112
OX1A 3 OX1A
C23
Shielded 90
E2 4 EX1A
C23
C24
47
2 +B HT1B 1 HT1B
C23
64
OX1B 3 OX1B
C23
Battery Shielded 87
E2 4 EX1B
C23
D27
(Bank 1 Sensor 2)
ECM
A163999E01
CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN
Once 40 seconds Twice 40 seconds Nine times 40 seconds

or more or more or more
Vehicle speed
30 km/h (19 mph)

(g) (g) (g)
Idling (f) (h)
(h) (h)
Ignition switch off
Time
ES (a) to (e)
60 seconds
or more
10 seconds
or more
10 seconds
or more
10 seconds
or more
A128472E02
HINT:
This confirmation driving pattern is used in the "PERFORM CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN"
procedure of the following diagnostic troubleshooting procedure.
(d) Switch the ECM from normal mode to check mode (See page ES-35).
(f) Allow the engine to idle for 60 seconds.
(g) Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed of more than 30 km/h (19 mph) for 40 seconds or more.
(h) Allow the engine to idle for 10 seconds or more.
(i) Repeat steps (g) and (h) described above at least 9 times.
NOTICE:
If the conditions in this test are not strictly followed, malfunctions may not be detected.
HINT:
It is possible that the malfunctioning area can be found using the Active Test Control operation. The Active
Test can determine if the heated oxygen sensor or other potential trouble areas are malfunctioning or not.
The injection volume can be switched to -12.5% (decrease) or +25% (increase) by the Active Test.
The Active Test procedure enables a technician to check and graph the voltage outputs of the heated
oxygen sensors.
Procedure:
(c) Warm up the engine by running the engine at 2500 rpm for approximately 90 seconds.
(d)Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Active Test / Control the Injection
Volume for A/F Sensor.
(e)Perform the Active Test while the engine is idling.
Standard:
The heated oxygen sensor reacts in accordance with the increases and decreases in injection
volume:
+25% → RICH output: More than 0.5 V
-12.5% → LEAN output: Less than 0.4 V
NOTICE:
The Heated Oxygen (HO2) sensor (sensor 1) has an output delay of a few seconds and the Heated
Oxygen (HO2) sensor (sensor 2) has a maximum output delay of 20 seconds.
If the vehicle is short of fuel, the air-fuel ratio becomes LEAN and the DTCs are recorded.
Main Suspected
Case Front HO2 Sensor (Sensor 1) Output Voltage Rear HO2 Sensor (Sensor 2) Output Voltage
Trouble Area
+25% +25%
-12.5% -12.5%
1 -
More than 0.45 V More than 0.5 V
Output Voltage OK Output Voltage OK
Less than 0.4 V Less than 0.4 V
+25% +25% • Front HO2 sensor

Injection Volume Injection Volume • Front HO2 sensor
-12.5% -12.5%
2 heater
Output Voltage NG Output Voltage

More than 0.5 V
OK
• Front HO2 sensor
circuit
ES
Almost no reaction Less than 0.4 V
+25% +25% • Rear HO2 sensor

Injection Volume Injection Volume • Rear HO2 sensor
-12.5% -12.5%
3 heater
• Rear HO2 sensor
More than 0.45 V
Output Voltage OK Output Voltage NG
circuit
Less than 0.4 V Almost no reaction
• Fuel injector
+25% +25% • Fuel pressure
-12.5% -12.5% • Gas leak from
4
exhaust system (Air-
fuel ratio extremely
Output Voltage Output Voltage
NG NG rich or lean)
Almost no reaction Almost no reaction
HINT:
a malfunction is detected. When troubleshooting, freeze frame data can help determine if the vehicle was
running or stopped, if the engine was warmed up or not, if the air-fuel ratio was lean or rich, and other data
from the time the malfunction occurred.

and ECT / DTC.
(d) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0136 A
HINT:
those DTCs first.
2 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF HEATED OXYGEN

SENSOR (SENSOR 2))

and ECT / Data List / O2S B1 S2.
(d) Allow the engine to run at 2500 rpm for 3 minutes.
(e) Depress the accelerator pedal quickly until the engine
rpm reaches 4000 rpm 3 times.
ES Standard voltage:
Heated oxygen sensor voltage alternates between
below 0.4 V and 0.5 V or more.
OK NG NG NG
1V
0.5 V
0.4 V
0V
A128474E02
NG Go to step 5
OK
3 PERFORM CONFIRMATION DRIVING PATTERN
HINT:
Clear all DTCs before performing the confirmation driving
pattern.
NEXT

and ECT / DTC.
(d) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0136 A
No output B

(See page ES-12)
5 INSPECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (HEATER RESISTANCE) (See page ES-72)
NG REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (See

page ES-280) ES
OK
6 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (EFI FUSE) (See page ES-75)

AND REPLACE FUSE
OK
7 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (EFI RELAY) (See page ES-75)
NG REPLACE INTEGRATION RELAY (See page

ES-284)
OK
8 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SENSOR 2) - ECM)
(a) Disconnect the heated oxygen sensor (sensor 2)

(to Heated Oxygen Sensor)
connector.
HT1B +B table below.
D27 Standard resistance (Check for open)
OX1B E2 D27-3 (OX1B) - C23-64
Always Below 1 Ω
(OX1B)
ES D27-1 (HT1B) - C23-47

(HT1B)
Always Below 1 Ω
Front view of wire harness connector: D27-4 (E2) - C23-87
(to ECM) Always Below 1 Ω
(EX1B)
C23
D27-3 (OX1B) or C23-64
(OX1B) - Body ground
D27-1 (HT1B) or C23-47
(HT1B) - Body ground
EX1B OX1B HT1B D27-4 (E2) or C23-87
A104950E33 Always 10 kΩ or higher
(EX1B) - Body ground

(e) Reconnect the heated oxygen sensor connector.

EFI
EFI Heater
From +B HT1B HT1B
Battery
Sensor
E2 OX1B OX1B
EX1B
MREL
A169042E02

CONNECTOR
OK
ES
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or

DTC P0327
Single Sensor)
Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or

DTC P0328
Single Sensor)
DESCRIPTION
Flat type knock sensors (non-resonant type) have structures that can detect vibrations over a wide band
of frequencies: between approximately 6 kHz and 15 kHz.
Knock sensors are fitted onto the engine block to detect engine knocking.
The knock sensor contains a piezoelectric element which generates a voltage when it becomes deformed.
ES The voltage is generated when the engine block vibrates due to knocking. Any occurrence of engine
knocking can be suppressed by delaying the ignition timing.
Output voltage of knock sensor 0.5 V or less for 1 • Short in knock sensor circuit
P0327 second or more • Knock sensor
(1 trip detection logic) • ECM
Output voltage of knock sensor 4.5 V or more for 1 • Open in knock sensor circuit
P0328 second or more • Knock sensor
HINT:
When any of DTCs P0327 and P0328 are set, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. During fail-safe mode, the
ignition timing is delayed to its maximum retardation. Fail-safe mode continues until the ignition switch is
turned off.
WIRING DIAGRAM
110 KNK1
C23
1 2
N1
Knock Sensor
111 EKNK
C23
(Shielded)
ECM
A134998E06
HINT:
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (KNOCK FEEDBACK VALUE)

(b) Start the engine and turn the tester on.
(c) Warm up the engine.
and ECT / Data List / Knock Feedback Value.
ES
(e) Read the value while driving the vehicle.
Standard:
The value changes.
HINT:
Malfunction does not occur Knock Feedback Value changes
Malfunction occurs Knock Feedback Value does not change
The knock feedback value change can be confirmed by

running the engine with a high load, for example, by
activating the air conditioning system and racing the
engine.
NG Go to step 2
OK
2 INSPECT ECM (KNK1 VOLTAGE)
(a) Disconnect the knock sensor connector.

(to Knock Sensor) (c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard voltage
N1-2 (KNK1) - N1-1
(EKNK)
N1
(d) Reconnect the knock sensor connector.
NG Go to step 4
EKNK KNK1
A148715E06
OK
3 INSPECT KNOCK SENSOR
(a) Remove the knock sensor.

(Knock Sensor) table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 20°C (68°F) 120 to 280 kΩ
(c) Reinstall the knock sensor.

ES
Ohmmeter
NG REPLACE KNOCK SENSOR (See page ES-

271)
A148716E03
OK

4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM - KNOCK SENSOR)

(to Knock Sensor) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
N1-2 (KNK1) - C23-110
Always Below 1 Ω
(KNK1)
N1-1 (EKNK) - C23-111
N1 Always Below 1 Ω
(EKNK)
ES
EKNK KNK1
Front view of wire harness connector: N1-2 (KNK1) or C23-110
(to ECM) (KNK1) - Body ground
N1-1 (EKNK) or C23-111
(EKNK) - Body ground
C23 (d) Reconnect the knock sensor connector.

CONNECTOR
KNK1 EKNK
A148717E06
OK

DTC P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit
Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Inter-

DTC P0339
mittent
DESCRIPTION
The Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor system consists of a CKP sensor plate (crankshaft) and a pickup
coil. The sensor plate has 34 teeth and is installed on the crankshaft. The pickup coil is made of wound
copper wire, an iron core and magnet.
The sensor plate rotates and, as each tooth passes through the pickup coil, a pulse signal is created. The
pickup coil generates 34 signals per engine revolution. Based on these signals, the ECM calculates the
ES crankshaft position and engine RPM. Using these calculations, the fuel injection time and ignition timing
are controlled.
When either following conditions met:
• Missing crankshaft position sensor signal despite
• Open or short in crankshaft position sensor circuit
camshaft position sensor signal inputs normal after
• Crankshaft position sensor
P0335 engine cranked (1 trip detection logic)
• Crankshaft position sensor (crankshaft)
• No crankshaft position sensor signal to ECM at
• ECM
engine speed of 600 rpm or more (1 trip detection
logic)
Following conditions (a), (b) and (c) met (1 trip
detection logic):
• Open or short in crankshaft position sensor circuit
(a) Engine speed 1000 rpm or more
• Crankshaft position sensor
P0339 (b) No crankshaft position sensor signal for 0.05
• Crankshaft position sensor (crankshaft)
seconds or more
• ECM
(c) 3 seconds or more have elapsed since starter signal
switched from ON to OFF
WIRING DIAGRAM
C18 ECM
Shielded
99
1 G2+
C23
C2
Crankshaft Position Sensor
Shielded
121
2 NE-
C23
122
1 NE+
C23
A164022E01
HINT:
• If no problem is found through this diagnostic troubleshooting procedure, troubleshoot the engine
mechanical system.
• Check the engine speed. The engine speed can be checked by using an intelligent tester. Follow the
procedure below:
(b)Start the engine.
(d)Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / Engine Speed.
The engine speed may be indicated as zero despite the engine revolving normally. This is caused
by a lack of NE signals from the crankshaft position sensor. Alternatively, the engine speed may be
indicated as lower than the actual engine speed if the crankshaft position sensor output voltage is
insufficient. ES
• Read freeze frame data using the intelligent tester. The ECM records vehicle and driving condition
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (ENGINE SPEED)

and ECT / Data List / Engine Speed.
(f) Read the value displayed on the tester while the engine
is running.
OK:
Correct value is displayed.
HINT:
• To check the engine speed change, display the graph
on the tester.
• If the engine does not start, check the engine speed
while cranking.
• If the engine speed indicated on the tester remains
zero(0), there may be an open or short in the
crankshaft position sensor circuit.
NG Go to step 2
OK

2 INSPECT CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (RESISTANCE)
(a) Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor connector.

(Crankshaft Position Sensor) table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 Cold 985 to 1600 Ω
1-2 Hot 1265 to 1890 Ω
HINT:
ES Terms cold and hot refer to the temperature of the coils.
Cold means approximately -10 to 50 °C (14 to 122 °F).
Hot means approximately 50 to 100 °C (122 to 212 °F).
(c) Reconnect the crankshaft position sensor connector.
NG REPLACE CRANKSHAFT POSITION
A148718E03
SENSOR (See page ES-263)
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - ECM)
(a) Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor connector.

Front view of wire harness connector: table below.
(to Crankshaft Position Sensor) Standard resistance (Check for open)
C2 C2-1 (NE+) - C23-122

Always Below 1 Ω
(NE+)
NE+ NE- C2-2 (NE-) - C23-121

Always Below 1 Ω
1 2 (NE-)

Front view of wire harness connector: C2-1 (NE+) or C23-122
(to ECM) (NE+) - Body ground
C2-2 (NE-) or C23-121
C20 Always 10 kΩ or higher
(NE-) - Body ground

(e) Reconnect the crankshaft position sensor connector.
CONNECTOR
NE- NE+
A107850E07
OK
4 CHECK SENSOR INSTALLATION (CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR)
(a) Check the crankshaft position sensor installation

condition.
OK:
Sensor is installed correctly.
NG SECURELY REINSTALL SENSOR (See page
ES-263)
Clearance
OK NG
BR03795E25
ES
OK
5 INSPECT CRANKSHAFT (TEETH OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PLATE)
(a) Check the teeth of the sensor plate.

OK:
Sensor plate does not have any cracks or
deformation.
NG REPLACE CRANKSHAFT (CRANKSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR PLATE) (See page EM-
82)
OK

Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit (Bank 1

DTC P0340
or Single Sensor)
DESCRIPTION
The Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor consists of a magnet and an iron core which is wrapped with copper
wire, and is installed onto the cylinder head. When the camshaft rotates, each of 3 teeth on the camshaft
passes through the camshaft position sensor. This activates the internal magnet in the sensor, generating
a voltage in the copper wire. The camshaft rotation is synchronized with the crankshaft rotation. When the
crankshaft turns twice, the voltage is generated 3 times in the camshaft position sensor. The generated
voltage in the sensor acts as a signal, allowing the ECM to locate the camshaft position. This signal is
then used to control ignition timing, fuel injection timing, and the VVT system.
ES DTC No.
Case 1
DTC Detection Condition Trouble Area
• Open or short in camshaft position sensor circuit

• No Camshaft position sensor signal to ECM while
• Camshaft position sensor
cranking (2 trip detection logic)
P0340 • Camshaft
Case 2
• Jumped tooth of timing chain
• Camshaft/Crankshaft misalignment detected at engine
• ECM
speed of 600 rpm or more (1 trip detection logic)
HINT:
DTC P0340 indicates a malfunction relating to the camshaft position sensor (+) circuit (the wire harness
between the ECM and camshaft position sensor, and the camshaft position sensor itself).
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
Read freeze frame data using an intelligent tester. Freeze frame data record the engine condition when
data, from the time the malfunction occurred.
1 INSPECT CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (RESISTANCE)
(a) Disconnect the camshaft position sensor connector.

(Camshaft Position Sensor)
table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 Cold 1630 to 2740 Ω
1-2 Hot 2065 to 3225 Ω
HINT:
Terms cold and hot refer to the temperature of the coils.
Cold means approximately -10° to 50°C (14°to 122°F).
Hot means approximately 50° to 100°C (122°to 212°F).
(c) Reconnect the camshaft position sensor connector.
NG REPLACE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
A164008E01
(See page ES-260)
OK
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - ECM)
(a) Disconnect the camshaft position sensor connector.

(to Camshaft Position Sensor) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
C18 C18-1 (G2+) - C23-99

Always Below 1 Ω
G2+
1 2
NE-
(G2+)
C18-2 (NE-) - C23-121
Always Below 1 Ω
ES
(NE-)

(to Camshaft Position Sensor) Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C18-1 (G2+) or C23-99
(G2+) - Body ground
C23 C18-2 (NE-) orC23-121
(NE-) - Body ground

(e) Reconnect the camshaft position sensor connector.
CONNECTOR
NE- G2+
A164009E01
OK
3 CHECK SENSOR INSTALLATION (CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR)
(a) Check the camshaft position sensor installation.

OK:
Sensor is installed correctly.
NG SECURELY REINSTALL SENSOR (See page
ES-260)
Clearance
Normal Abnormal
BR03795E39
OK
4 CHECK VALVE TIMING (See page ES-64)
NG ADJUST VALVE TIMING (See page EM-35)
OK
5 INSPECT CAMSHAFT
(a) Check the teeth of the camshaft.

OK:
ES Camshaft teeth do not have any cracks or
deformation.
NG REPLACE CAMSHAFT (See page EM-28)
OK
6 REPLACE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(a) Replace the camshaft position sensor (See page ES-

260).
NEXT

(d) Start the engine.
and ECT / DTC.
(f) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
No output A
P0340 B
HINT:
If the engine does not start, replace the ECM.
END
DTC P0351 Ignition Coil "A" Primary / Secondary Circuit
DTC P0352 Ignition Coil "B" Primary / Secondary Circuit
DTC P0353 Ignition Coil "C" Primary / Secondary Circuit
DTC P0354 Ignition Coil "D" Primary / Secondary Circuit

DESCRIPTION
A Direct Ignition System (DIS) is used on this vehicle.
The DIS is a 1-cylinder ignition system in which each cylinder is ignited by one ignition coil and one spark
plug is connected to the end of each secondary wiring. A powerful voltage, generated in the secondary
ES
wiring, is applied directly to each spark plug. The sparks of the spark plugs pass from the center electrode
to the ground electrodes.
The ECM determines the ignition timing and transmits the ignition (IGT) signals to each cylinder. Using
the IGT signal, the ECM turns the power transistor inside the igniter on and off. The power transistor, in
turn, switches the current to the primary coil on and off. When the current to the primary coil is cut off, a
powerful voltage is generated in the secondary coil. This voltage is applied to the spark plugs, causing
them to spark inside the cylinders. As the ECM cuts the current to the primary coil off, the igniter sends
back an ignition confirmation (IGF) signal to the ECM, for each cylinder ignition.
From Battery
ECM
Igniter No.1 Ignition Coil
Crankshaft Position Sensor IGT1
IGF1
No. 1 Spark Plug
ES
No. 2 Spark Plug

Camshaft Position Sensors

Other Sensors (Engine Coolant
No. 3 Spark Plug
Temperature Sensor, Mass Air
Flow Meter, Throttle Position
Sensor, etc.)
TACH No. 4 Spark Plug
To Tachometer
A129406E03

P0351 • Ignition system
P0352 No IGF signal to ECM while engine running • Open or short in IGF1 or IGT (1 to 4) circuit
P0353 (1 trip detection logic) • No. 1 to No. 4 ignition coils
P0354 • ECM
WIRING DIAGRAM
85
5 6 1 3 IGT1
+B IGT1 C23
AM2 IG2
4 2
D8 GND IGF
Ignition Switch
C11
No. 1 Ignition Coil
ES
84
1 3 IGT2
+B IGT2 C23
4 2
1 1B 2 1B GND IGF
C12
No. 2 Ignition Coil
2
AM2 IG2 83
1 3 IGT3
1 +B IGT3 C23
4 2 81
IGF1
GND IGF C23
1 1C 4 1B 3 1B
Integration Relay C13
No. 3 Ignition Coil
MAIN 82
1 3 IGT4
+B IGT4 C23
4 2
GND IGF
1
ECM
C26 C14
Battery Noise Filter No. 4 Ignition Coil
A161297E01
HINT:
• These DTCs indicate malfunctions relating to the primary circuit.
• If DTC P0351 is set, check the No. 1 ignition coil circuit.
the air fuel ratio was lean or rich, and other data from the time the malfunction occurred.
1 PERFORM SIMULATION TEST (SHUFFLE ARRANGEMENT OF IGNITION COILS)

(e) Shuffle arrangement of the ignition coils (among No. 1 to
No. 4 cylinders).
NOTICE:
Do not shuffle the connectors.
(f) Perform a simulation test.
ES (g) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / DTC.
(h) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
Same DTC output A
Different ignition coil DTC output B
B REPLACE IGNITION COIL (See page IG-9)
2 CHECK IGNITION COIL (POWER SOURCE)
(a) Disconnect the ignition coil connectors.

(to Ignition Coil) (c) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard voltage
C11-1 (+B) - C11-4
(GND)
C11 C12 C12-1 (+B) - C12-4

(GND)
C13 C14 C13-1 (+B) - C13-4
(GND)
+B GND C14-1 (+B) - C14-4

(GND)
A157860E05
(d) Reconnect the ignition coil connectors.
NG Go to step 5
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGNITION COIL - ECM)

(to Ignition Coil)
table below.
C11 C12 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C11-2 (IGF) - C23-81
C13 C14 Always Below 1 Ω
(IGF1)
IGF C12-2 (IGF) - C23-81
Always Below 1 Ω
(to ECM)
(IGF1)
C13-2 (IGF) - C23-81
ES
Always Below 1 Ω
(IGF1)
C23 C14-2 (IGF) - C23-81
Always Below 1 Ω
(IGF1)

C11-2 (IGF) or C23-81
(IGF1) - Body ground
C12-2 (IGF) or C23-81
IGF1 Always 10 kΩ or higher
A157900E10
C13-2 (IGF) or C23-81
C14-2 (IGF) or C23-81

(e) Reconnect the ignition coil connectors.
CONNECTOR
OK
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGNITION COIL - ECM)

(to Ignition Coil) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
IGT1
IGT2
C11-3 (IGT1) - C23-85
C13 C14 IGT3 Always Below 1 Ω
(IGT1)
IGT4
C12-3 (IGT2) - C23-84
Always Below 1 Ω
(to ECM)
(IGT2)
C13-3 (IGT3) - C23-83
Always Below 1 Ω
(IGT3)
C23 C14-3 (IGT4) - C23-82
Always Below 1 Ω
(IGT4)

C11-3 (IGT1) or C23-85
(IGT1) - Body ground
C12-3 (IGT2) or C23-84
IGT4 IGT3 IGT2 IGT1 Always 10 kΩ or higher
A157900E11
C13-3 (IGT3) or C23-83
C14-3 (IGT4) or C23-82

(e) Reconnect the ignition coil connectors.
CONNECTOR
OK

5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGNITION COIL - BODY GROUND)

Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
(to Ignition Coil) table below.
C11-4 (GND) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
C12-4 (GND) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
C11 C12
C13 C14
C13-4 (GND) - Body
ground
Always Below 1 Ω ES
C14-4 (GND) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
GND
(c) Reconnect the ignition coil connector.
A157860E04
CONNECTOR
OK
6 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (IGNITION COIL - INTEGRATION RELAY)

Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Remove the integration relay (IG2 relay) from the engine
(to Ignition Coil) room relay block and junction block.
table below.
C11 C12 Standard resistance (Check for open)
+B C11-1 (+B) - 1B-4 Always Below 1 Ω

C12-1 (+B) - 1B-4 Always Below 1 Ω

1C 1B 1A Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C11-1 (+B) or 1B-4 -
Body ground
C12-1 (+B) or 1B-4 -
Body ground
4
C13-1 (+B) or 1B-4 -
Body ground
C14-1 (+B) or 1B-4 -
Body ground
(d) Reinstall the integration relay.

(e) Reconnect the ignition coil connector.
CONNECTOR

and Junction Block
A166830E01
OK

Evaporative Emission Control System Purge

DTC P0443
Control Valve Circuit
DESCRIPTION
To reduce hydrocarbon emissions, evaporated fuel from the fuel tank is routed through a charcoal canister
to the intake manifold for combustion in the cylinders.
The ECM changes the duty signals to the Purge VSV (Vacuum Switching Valve for Purge Control) so that
the intake amount of hydrocarbon emissions is appropriate for the driving conditions (engine load, engine
speed, vehicle speed, etc.) after the engine is warmed up.
Terminal voltage of ECM output circuit does not • Open or short in purge VSV circuit
P0443 correspond with drive signals from ECM to purge VSV
•
•
Purge VSV
ECM ES
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 4 49
1 2 2 1 PRG
1C 1A C23
EFI
C3 Purge VSV
3 2 44
1A 1A A20 MREL
EFI
Integration Relay
ECM
MAIN
Battery
A159162E02
HINT:
1 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (ACTIVATE THE PURGE VSV
CONTROL)

(b) Disconnect the vacuum hose (charcoal canister side)
VSV is ON VSV is OFF from the purge VSV.
and ECT / Active Test / Activate the VSV for Evap
Control.
(f) When the purge VSV is operated using the intelligent
ES A107924E01 tester, check whether the port of the purge VSV applies
suction to your finger.
Standard
Tester Operation Specified Condition
VSV ON Purge VSV port applies suction to finger
VSV OFF Purge VSV port applies no suction to finger
(g) Reconnect the vacuum hose to the purge VSV.

NG Go to step 2
OK
2 INSPECT PURGE VSV (RESISTANCE)
(a) Disconnect the purge VSV connector.

(Purge VSV) table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 20°C (68°F) 26 to 30 Ω
(c) Reconnect the purge VSV connector.

2 1
NG REPLACE PURGE VSV (See page EC-25)
A152887E02
OK
3 INSPECT PURGE VSV (POWER SOURCE)

(to Purge VSV)
table below.
Standard voltage
C3 1 2
C3-2 - Body ground Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
(d) Reconnect the purge VSV connector.

A107917E14
NG Go to step 5 ES
OK
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (PURGE VSV - ECM)

(to Purge VSV)
table below.
C3 1 2 C3-1 - C23-49 (PRG) Always Below 1 Ω

(to ECM)
C3-1 or C23-49 (PRG) -
Body ground
C23 (d) Reconnect the purge VSV connector.

CONNECTOR
PRG
A107919E14
OK

5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (PURGE VSV - INTEGRATION RELAY)

Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Remove the integration relay (EFI relay) from the engine
(to Purge VSV) room relay block and junction block.
table below.
C3 1 2 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C3-2 - 1A-4 Always Below 1 Ω

C3-2 or 1A-4 - Body
ground
1C 1B 1A (d) Reconnect the purge VSV connector.

4 CONNECTOR

and Junction Block
A166831E01
OK

DTC P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor "A"

(2007/08-2009/10)
DESCRIPTION
with ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Vehicles detect the vehicle speed using the skid control ECU and wheel speed sensor. The wheel speed
sensor monitors the wheel rotation speed and sends a signal to the skid control ECU. The skid control
ECU converts the wheel speed signal into a 4-pulse signal and transmits it to the ECM via the
combination meter. The ECM determines the vehicle speed based on the frequency of the pulse signal.
4-Pulse 4-Pulse
ES
From Wheel
Speed Sensor
ECM
Skid Control ECU Combination Meter
A115899E01
without ABS
Vehicles detect the vehicle speed using the No. 1 vehicle speed sensor. The No. 1 vehicle speed sensor
transmits a 4-pulse signal for every revolution of the rotor shaft, which is rotated by the transaxle output
shaft via the driven gear. The 4-pulse signal is converted into a more precise rectangular waveform by the
waveform shaping circuit inside the combination meter. The signal is then transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM determines the vehicle speed based on the frequency of the pulse signal.
4-Pulse 4-Pulse
No. 1 Vehicle Combination Meter

Speed Sensor
ECM
A112641E02

• Open or short in speed signal circuit
While vehicle being driven, no vehicle speed sensor signal to • Combination meter
P0500 ECM. • ECM
(2 trip detection logic) • Skid control ECU
• Vehicle speed sensor
WIRING DIAGRAM
5V
17 16 8
From Vehicle Speed SI +S SPD
ES Sensor
D1 D1 A20
Combination Meter Assembly ECM
To Radio Receiver or
Power Steering ECU
A148067E04
HINT:
1 CHECK OPERATION OF SPEEDOMETER
(a) Drive the vehicle and check whether the operation of the
speedometer in the combination meter is normal.
OK:
The operation of the speedometer is normal.
HINT:
• The vehicle speed sensor is operating normally if the
speedometer reading is normal.
• If the speedometer does not operate, check it by
following the procedure described in Speedometer
Malfunction.
NG GO TO SPEEDOMETER MALFUNCTION (See
page ME-48)
OK
2 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (VEHICLE SPEED)

and ECT/ Data List / Vehicle Speed.
(d) Drive the vehicle.
(e) Read the value displayed on the tester.
OK:
Vehicle speeds displayed on tester and
speedometer display are equal.
NG Go to step 3
OK
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (See page ES-12) ES
3 CHECK COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY (+S VOLTAGE)
(a) Disconnect the combination meter connector.

D1 table below.
Standard voltage
Combination D1-16 (+S) - Body
Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V*
Meter Connector ground
+S A148068E02
HINT:
*: Depending on the vehicle, the output voltage may rise
to 12 V if influenced by optionally installed systems.
(d) Reconnect the combination meter connector.
NG Go to step 5
OK
4 CHECK COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY (SPD SIGNAL WAVEFORM)
(a) Remove the combination meter assembly with the

Component with harness connected:
(Combination Meter Assembly)
combination meter connectors that are connected.
(b) Connect an oscilloscope to the combination meter
connector.
(d) Drive the vehicle slowly.
(e) Check the waveform according to the condition(s) in the
table below.
D1 Standard waveform
ES Terminal Name Between +S and Body ground
+S
2 v/DIV
HINT:
speed increases.
GND • Depending on the vehicle, the output waveform
installed systems.
20 ms/DIV (f) Reinstall the combination meter assembly.
A161296E01
NG REPLACE COMBINATION METER
ASSEMBLY (See page ME-89)
OK
5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY - ECM)

(to Combination Meter Connector)
table below.
D1
D1-16 (+S) - A20-8 (SPD) Always Below 1 Ω
+S Standard resistance (Check for short)

Front view of wire harness connector: D1-16 (+S) or A20-8
(to Combination Meter Connector) Always 10 kΩ or higher
(SPD) - Body ground

SPD (e) Reconnect the ECM connector.
A20 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR
A106892E05
OK
ES
DTC P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor "A"

(2009/10- )
DESCRIPTION
with ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Vehicles detect the vehicle speed using the skid control ECU and wheel speed sensor. The wheel speed
sensor monitors the wheel rotation speed and sends a signal to the skid control ECU. The skid control
ECU converts the wheel speed signal into a 4-pulse signal and transmits it to the ECM via the
combination meter. The ECM determines the vehicle speed based on the frequency of the pulse signal.
ES 4-Pulse 4-Pulse
From Wheel
Speed Sensor
ECM
Skid Control ECU Combination Meter
A115899E01
without ABS
Vehicles detect the vehicle speed using the No. 1 vehicle speed sensor. The No. 1 vehicle speed sensor
transmits a 4-pulse signal for every revolution of the rotor shaft, which is rotated by the transaxle output
shaft via the driven gear. The 4-pulse signal is converted into a more precise rectangular waveform by the
waveform shaping circuit inside the combination meter. The signal is then transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM determines the vehicle speed based on the frequency of the pulse signal.
4-Pulse 4-Pulse
No. 1 Vehicle Combination Meter

Speed Sensor
ECM
A112641E02

• Open or short in speed signal circuit
While vehicle being driven, no vehicle speed sensor signal to • Combination meter
P0500 ECM. • ECM
(2 trip detection logic) • Skid control ECU
• Vehicle speed sensor
WIRING DIAGRAM
5V
17 16 8
From Vehicle Speed SI +S SPD
Sensor
D1 D1 A20
ES
Combination Meter Assembly ECM
To Radio Receiver or
Power Steering ECU
A148067E04
HINT:
1 CHECK OPERATION OF SPEEDOMETER
(a) Drive the vehicle and check whether the operation of the
speedometer in the combination meter is normal.
OK:
The operation of the speedometer is normal.
HINT:
• The vehicle speed sensor is operating normally if the
speedometer reading is normal.
• If the speedometer does not operate, check it by
following the procedure described in Speedometer
Malfunction.
NG GO TO SPEEDOMETER MALFUNCTION (See
page ME-53)
OK
2 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (VEHICLE SPEED)

and ECT/ Data List / Vehicle Speed.
(d) Drive the vehicle.
OK:
Vehicle speeds displayed on tester and
speedometer display are equal.
NG Go to step 3
OK
ES CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (See page ES-12)
3 CHECK COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY (+S VOLTAGE)

D1 table below.
Standard voltage
Combination D1-16 (+S) - Body
Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V*
Meter Connector ground
+S A148068E02
HINT:
*: Depending on the vehicle, the output voltage may rise
to 12 V if influenced by optionally installed systems.
NG Go to step 5
OK
4 CHECK COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY (SPD SIGNAL WAVEFORM)
(a) Remove the combination meter assembly with the

Component with harness connected:
(Combination Meter Assembly)
combination meter connectors that are connected.
(b) Connect an oscilloscope to the combination meter
connector.
(d) Drive the vehicle slowly.
(e) Check the waveform according to the condition(s) in the
table below.
D1 Standard waveform
Terminal Name Between +S and Body ground ES
+S
2 v/DIV
HINT:
speed increases.
GND • Depending on the vehicle, the output waveform
installed systems.
20 ms/DIV (f) Reinstall the combination meter assembly.
A161296E01
NG REPLACE COMBINATION METER
ASSEMBLY (See page ME-89)
OK
5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY - ECM)

(to Combination Meter Connector)
table below.
D1
D1-16 (+S) - A20-8 (SPD) Always Below 1 Ω
+S Standard resistance (Check for short)

Front view of wire harness connector: D1-16 (+S) or A20-8
(to Combination Meter Connector) Always 10 kΩ or higher
(SPD) - Body ground

SPD (e) Reconnect the ECM connector.

CONNECTOR
A106892E05
OK
ES
DTC P0504 Brake Switch "A" / "B" Correlation

DESCRIPTION
The stop light switch is a duplex system that transmits two signals: STP and ST1-. These two signals are
used by the ECM to monitor whether or not the brake system is working properly. If the signals, which
indicate the brake pedal is being depressed and released, are detected simultaneously, the ECM
interprets this as a malfunction in the stop light switch and sets the DTC.
HINT:
The normal conditions are as shown in the table below. The signals can be read using an intelligent tester.
Signal Brake Pedal Released In Transition Brake Pedal Depressed
STP OFF ON ON
ST1- ON ON OFF
ES
Conditions (a), (b) and (c) continue for 0.5 seconds or
• Short in stop light switch signal circuit
more
• Stop light switch
(1 trip detection logic):
P0504 • STOP fuse
(a) Ignition switch ON
• IGN fuse
(b) Brake pedal released
• ECM
(c) STP signal OFF when ST1- signal OFF
WIRING DIAGRAM
5 6
AM2 IG2
D8
Ignition Switch
1 1B 2 1B
ES
Integration Relay
2
AM2 IG2
1 28
IGSW
A20
1 1C 4 1B 3 1B
35
3 4 ST1-
A20
IGN
36
2 1 STP
A20
STOP
A12
MAIN ALT Stop Light Switch
ECM
Battery Stop Light
A161290E01
HINT:
• STP signal conditions can be checked using the intelligent tester.
(a)Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

(d)Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / Stop Light Switch.
(e)Check the STP signal when the brake pedal is depressed and released.
Brake Pedal Operation Specified Condition
Depressed STP signal ON
Released STP signal OFF
1 INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH (TERMINAL VOLTAGE)
(a) Disconnect the stop light switch connector.

(to Stop Light Switch)
ES
table below.
Standard voltage
A12-2 - Body ground Always 11 to 14 V
A12-3 - Body ground Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V
A12
(d) Reconnect the stop light switch connector.
NG Go to step 4
A148738E07
OK
2 INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH
(a) Remove the stop light switch.

(Stop Light Switch) (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
Not pushed Pushed Tester Connection Switch Position Specified Condition
Switch pin not pushed Below 1 Ω
1-2
Switch pin pushed 10 kΩ or higher
Switch pin not pushed 10 kΩ or higher
3-4
2 1 Switch pin pushed Below 1 Ω
(c) Reinstall the stop light switch.

4 3 NG REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH (See page
LI-155)
A115657E11
OK
3 INSPECT ECM (STP AND ST1 - VOLTAGE)
(a) Disconnect the ECM connector.

Brake Pedal Brake Pedal
Depressed
Released
table below.
Standard voltage
Tester Connection Brake Pedal Operation Specified Condition
A20-35 (ST1-) - Body Released 11 to 14 V

ground Depressed Below 1.5 V
A20-36 (STP) - Body Released Below 1.5 V

ground Depressed 11 to 14 V
(to ECM)
CONNECTOR
A20
ST1- STP
A112585E23
OK
4 INSPECT FUSE (STOP AND IGN FUSES)
(a) Remove the STOP and IGN fuses from the main body
Main Body ECU ECU.
IGN Fuse table below.
Standard resistance
STOP fuse Always Below 1 Ω
IGN fuse Always Below 1 Ω
(c) Reinstall the STOP and IGN fuses.

STOP Fuse AND REPLACE FUSE
A112611E04
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (BATTERY - STOP LIGHT SWITCH)

DTC P0560 System Voltage

DESCRIPTION
The battery supplies electricity to the ECM even when the ignition switch is off. This power allows the
ECM to store data such as DTC history, freeze frame data and fuel trim values. If the battery voltage falls
below a minimum level, the memory is cleared and the ECM determines that there is a malfunction in the
power supply circuit. When the engine is next started, the ECM will illuminate the MIL and set the DTC.
• Open in back-up power source circuit
• Battery
Open in ECM back-up power source circuit
P0560 • Battery terminals
• EFI fuse
• ECM
ES
HINT:
If DTC P0560 is set, the ECM does not store other DTCs or the data stored in the ECM are partly erased.
WIRING DIAGRAM
20
1 2
A20 BATT
MAIN EFI
104
C23 E1
Battery
ECM
A159164E02
HINT:
1 INSPECT FUSE (EFI FUSE)
(a) Remove the EFI fuse from the engine room relay block
and junction block.
and Junction Block
EFI Fuse
table below.
Standard resistance
(c) Reinstall the EFI fuse.

ES NG CHECK FOR SHORT IN ALL HARNESSES
AND REPLACE FUSE
A112606E04
OK
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (EFI FUSE - ECM)

(b) Remove the EFI fuse from engine room relay block and
and Junction Block
junction block.
table below.
EFI Fuse
1 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
2 (EFI fuse) - A20-20
Always Below 1 Ω
(BATT)
2
2 (EFI fuse) or A20-20
(BATT) - Body ground

Front view of wire harness connector: (e) Reinstall the EFI fuse.
(to ECM)
CONNECTOR
A20
BATT
A166832E01
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (EFI FUSE - BATTERY)
(a) Remove the EFI fuse from engine room relay block and
junction block.
and Junction Block
(b) Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
(c) Disconnect the positive battery terminal.
(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
EFI Fuse 1 table below.
1 (EFI fuse) - Battery
Below 1 Ω
ES
Always
positive terminal

1 (EFI fuse) or Battery
positive terminal - Always 10 kΩ or higher
A167694E01 Body ground
(e) Reinstall the EFI fuse.

(f) Reconnect the positive battery terminal.
(g) Reconnect the negative battery terminal.
CONNECTOR
OK
4 INSPECT BATTERY
(a) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the

table below.
Standard voltage
Battery terminals 20°C (68°F) 12.5 to 12.9 V
NG REPLACE BATTERY
OK
5 CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL
(a) Check that the battery terminals are not loose or

corroded.
OK:
Battery terminals are not loose or corroded.
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE BATTERY TERMINAL
OK

(e) Turn the ignition switch off and turn the tester off.
(f) Start the engine and turn the tester on.
and ECT/ DTC.
(h) Read DTCs.
ES Result
Result Proceed to
P0560 A
No output B

(See page ES-12)

Internal Control Module Random Access Mem-

DTC P0604
ory (RAM) Error
DTC P0606 ECM / PCM Processor
Internal Control Module Monitoring Processor

DTC P060A
Performance
Internal Control Module Accelerator Pedal

DTC P060D
ES
Internal Control Module Throttle Position Per-
DTC P060E
formance
DTC P0657 Actuator Supply Voltage Circuit / Open

DESCRIPTION
The ECM continuously monitors its own internal memory status, internal circuits, and output signals
transmitted to the throttle actuator. This self-check insures that the ECM is functioning properly. If any
malfunction is detected, the ECM sets the appropriate DTC and illuminates the MIL.
The ECM memory status is diagnosed by internal mirroring of the main CPU and the sub CPU to detect
Random Access Memory (RAM) errors. The two CPUs also perform continuous mutual monitoring. The
ECM illuminates the MIL and sets a DTC if: 1) outputs from the two CPUs are different or deviate from the
standards, 2) the signals sent to the throttle actuator deviate from the standards, 3) a malfunction is found
in the throttle actuator supply voltage, and 4) any other ECM malfunction is found.
P0604
P0606
P060A
ECM internal error (1 trip detection logic) ECM
P060D
P060E
P0657
Read freeze frame data using an intelligent tester. Freeze frame data records the engine condition when
1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTCS OUTPUT (IN ADDITION TO ECM INTERNAL ERROR DTC)

(d) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine /
DTC.
(e) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P0604, P0606, P060A, P060D, P060E and/or P0657 A
No output B

(See page ES-12)
ES
DTC P0617 Starter Relay Circuit High

DESCRIPTION
The cranking holding control system keeps energizing the starter relay from when the ECM detects the
starter signal (STSW signal) from the ignition switch until the ECM performs a judgement of "Engine
started". Furthermore, the ECM outputs an accessory cut signal (ACCR signal) to the ACC cut relay
during cranking to prevent flickering of the combination meter, clock, audio system, and so on.
When the ECM detects the STSW signal, the ECM outputs the starter relay drive signal (STAR signal) to
the starter relay through the clutch start switch, and then, the engine is cranked. When the ECM receives
a stable engine speed signal (NE signal), more specifically, when the NE signal reaches a predetermined
value, the ECM stops outputting the STAR signal.
Also, the ECM monitors the starter relay operating conditions based on the STA terminal voltage status.
ES
Continues cranking until the
engine is judged to be firing
ON
Starter Input Signal
(STSW)
OFF
When no cranking hold control
is performed
ON
Starter Output Signal
(STAR)
OFF
Prevents meters, clock, etc. from

flickering
ACC (Accessory) Cut No ACC Cut
Input Signal (ACCR)
(for start control)
ACC Cut Threshold indicating that engine
has started
When the NE signal reaches a

Engine Speed Signal predetermined value, the ECM
(NE) determines that the engine has
Ignition Switch ST Position started successfully
Elapsed Time
A169043E01
While the engine is being cranked, the battery voltage is applied to terminal STA of the ECM.
If the ECM detects the starter signal (STA signal) while the vehicle is being driven, it determines that there
is a malfunction in the STA circuit. The ECM then illuminates the MIL and sets the DTC.
This monitor runs when the vehicle is driven at 20 km/h (12.4 mph) for over 20 seconds.
Following conditions (a), (b) and (c) met for 20 seconds (1 trip
• Clutch start switch
detection logic):
• Starter relay circuit
P0617 (a) Vehicle speed more than 20 km/h (12.4 mph)
• Ignition switch
(b) Engine speed more than 1000 rpm
• ECM
(c) STA signal ON
WIRING DIAGRAM
ES To ACC Cut
13
A20
ACCR
(Accessory) Relay
14
5 AM2 ST2 7 STSW
A20
D8
Ignition Switch
52
STAR
C23
D47
Diode
2
AM2 2
1 A16
Clutch Start
Switch
1
1 2
ST
48
MAIN STA
A20
3 5
1 1 C15
1 2
C1
ST ECM
Starter
Battery
A161300E01
HINT:
• The following troubleshooting flowchart is based on the premise that the engine is cranked normally.
If the engine will not crank, proceed to the problem symptoms table (See page ES-13).
• Read freeze frame data using an intelligent tester. Freeze frame data record the engine condition when
malfunctions are detected. When troubleshooting, freeze frame data can help determine if the vehicle
was moving or stationary, if the engine was warmed up or not, if the air-fuel ratio was lean or rich, and
other data from the time the malfunction occurred.
1 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (STARTER RELAY)

and ECT / Active test / Activate the Starter Relay.
(e) Select the following monitor item: Starter Signal.
(f) Read the value displayed on the tester when the ignition
ES
switch is ON and the engine starts.
OK
Condition Starter Signal
Ignition switch ON OFF
Engine start ON
NG Go to step 2
OK
2 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (STARTER SIGNAL)
(a) Inspect the clutch start switch circuit.

Front view of wire harness connector: (1) Disconnect the clutch start switch connector.
(to Clutch Start Switch) (2) Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(3) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
(4) Turn the tester on.
(5) Select the following menu items: Powertrain /
Engine and ECT / Data List / Starter Signal.
(6) Read the value displayed on the tester when the
ignition switch is ON.
A16 Result
1 2
Result Proceed to
Starter Signal ON A
Starter Signal OFF B
(7) Reconnect the clutch start switch connector.

A159450E01
B Go to step 4
A
3 INSPECT ECM (STA TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

(b) Disconnect the clutch start switch connector.
(to ECM)
(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
A20
ES STA
A122539E04
Result
Tester Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition Proceed to
11 to 14 V A
A20-48 (STA) - Body ground Ignition switch ON
Below 1.5 V B
(e) Reconnect the clutch start switch connector.

(f) Reconnect the ECM connector.
REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (ECM - SWITCH - ST RELAY)
4 INSPECT CLUTCH START SWITCH
(a) Inspect the clutch start switch circuit.

Component without harness connected: (1) Disconnect the clutch start switch connector.
(Clutch Start Switch)
(2) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Standard resistance
8.0 +/- 0.35 mm
1-2 OFF (free) 10 kΩ or higher

1 Result
2 Result Proceed to
Within standard range A
ON OFF
Outside standard range B
A159771E01 B REPLACE CLUTCH START SWITCH (See

page CL-28)
5 REPLACE CLUTCH START SWITCH
(a) Replace the clutch start switch (See page CL-28).

NEXT
6 INSPECT IGNITION SWITCH
(a) Disconnect the ignition switch connector.

(Ignition Switch) (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
ES
Standard resistance
LOCK
ACC
4 (AM1) - 7 (ST2)
ON position 10 kΩ or higher
5 (AM2) - 7 (ST2)
ON
(c) Reconnect the ignition switch connector.
NG REPLACE IGNITION SWITCH (See page ST-
START 21)
AM1
4 3 2 1
7 6 5
ST2 AM2
A107906E07
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (CLUTCH START SWITCH - IGNITION

SWITCH AND ECM)
DTC P0724 Brake Switch "B" Circuit High

DESCRIPTION
The purpose of this circuit is to prevent the engine from stalling while driving in the lock-up condition when
the brakes are suddenly applied.
When the brake pedal is depressed, this switch sends a signal to the ECM. Then the ECM cancels the
operation of the lock-up clutch while braking is in progress.
Stop light switch remains ON even when vehicle is
• Short in stop light switch signal circuit
driven in GO (30 km/h (18.63 mph) or more) and STOP
P0724 • Stop light switch
(less than 3 km/h (1.86 mph)) pattern 5 times (2 trip
• ECM
detection logic)
ES
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
• The following procedure is based on the premise that the stop lights are functioning normally. If the
stop lights are not functioning, proceed to Stop Light Circuit (See page LI-20).
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (STOP LIGHT SWITCH)

and ECT / Data List / Stop Light Switch.
(e) Read the value displayed on the tester when the
depressed and released brake pedal.
Standard
Brake Pedal Display
Released OFF
Depressed ON
NG Go to step 2
OK

2 INSPECT STOP LIGHT SWITCH

(a) Remove the stop light switch.
(Stop Light Switch) (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
Not pushed Pushed Tester Connection Switch Position Specified Condition
Switch pin not pushed Below 1 Ω
1-2
Switch pin pushed 10 kΩ or higher
Switch pin not pushed 10 kΩ or higher
3-4
Switch pin pushed Below 1 Ω
ES
2 1
(c) Reinstall the stop light switch.

4 3 NG REPLACE STOP LIGHT SWITCH (See page
LI-155)
A115657E12
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM - STOP LIGHT SWITCH)
(a) Disconnect the stop light switch connector.

Front view of wire harness connector: (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
(to Stop Light Switch) table below.
Standard resistance (check for open)
A20-36 (STP) - A12-1 Always Below 1 Ω
A20-35 (ST-) - A12-4 Always Below 1 Ω
A12 1 2 Standard resistance (check for short)

3 4 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
A20-36 (STP) or A12-1 -
Body ground
A20-35 (ST-) or A12-4 -
Front view of wire harness connector: Body ground
(to ECM)
(e) Reconnect the stop light switch connector.
CONNECTOR
A20
ST1- STP
A159455E02
OK
ES
DTC P2102 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Low
DTC P2103 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit High

DESCRIPTION
The throttle actuator built into the throttle body assembly is operated by the ECM and opens and closes
the throttle valve using gears.
The opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the Throttle Position (TP) sensor, which is mounted
on the throttle body assembly. The TP sensor provides feedback to the ECM. This feedback allows the
ECM to appropriately control the throttle actuator and monitor the throttle opening angle as the ECM
responds to driver inputs.
HINT:
This ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System) does not use a throttle cable. ES
Following conditions (a) and (b) met for 2.0 seconds (1
• Open in throttle actuator circuit
P2102 • Throttle body assembly
(a) Throttle actuator duty ratio 80% or more
• ECM
(b) Throttle actuator current less than 0.5 A
Either of following conditions met (1 trip detection
logic):
• Short in throttle actuator circuit
• Throttle actuator current 10 A or more for 0.1
P2103 • Throttle body assembly
seconds
• ECM
• Throttle actuator current 7 A or more for 0.6
seconds
FAIL-SAFE
When either of these DTCs, or other DTCs relating to ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System)
WIRING DIAGRAM
42 M+
M+ 2
C23 Throttle Actuator
Control Circuit
41 M-
M- 1
ES C23
C17
Throttle Actuator (Built into (Shielded) 63
Throttle Body Assembly) C23 GE01
ECM
A133489E04
HINT:
• The throttle actuator current (Throttle Motor Current) and the throttle actuator duty ratio (Throttle Motor
Open Duty / Throttle Motor Close Duty) can be read using the intelligent tester. However, the ECM
shuts off the throttle actuator current when the ETCS malfunctions.
1 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY (RESISTANCE OF THROTTLE ACTUATOR)

(Throttle Body)
table below.
Standard resistance
2 (M+) - 1 (M-) 20°C (68°F) 0.3 to 100 Ω
(c) Reconnect the throttle body connector.

M+ M-
A059778E53
NG REPLACE THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY
(See page ES-242)
OK
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (THROTTLE BODY - ECM)

(to Throttle Body) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
C17-2 (M+) - C23-42 (M+) Always Below 1 Ω
C17 1 2 3 4 5 6 C17-1 (M-) - C23-41 (M-) Always Below 1 Ω
M- M+
ES
Front view of wire harness connector: Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
(to ECM) C17-2 (M+) or C23-42
(M+) - Body ground
C23
C17-1 (M-) or C23-41 (M-)
- Body ground

M- M+ CONNECTOR
A115662E22
OK
3 REPLACE THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY
(a) Replace the throttle body assembly (See page ES-242).

NEXT

(f) Drive the vehicle for several minutes.
and ECT / DTC.
(h) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P2102 or P2103 A
No output B
B END
ES
DTC P2111 Throttle Actuator Control System - Stuck Open
Throttle Actuator Control System - Stuck

DTC P2112
Closed
DESCRIPTION
The throttle actuator is operated by the ECM, and opens and closes the throttle valve using gears. The
opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the Throttle Position (TP) sensor, which is mounted on
the throttle body assembly. The TP sensor provides feedback to the ECM in order that it can control the
throttle actuator, and therefore the throttle valve, appropriately in response to driver inputs.
HINT:
This ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System) does not use a throttle cable. ES
Throttle actuator does not close when signaled by ECM • Throttle actuator
P2111
(1 trip detection logic) • Throttle body assembly
Throttle actuator does not open when signaled by ECM • Throttle valve
P2112 • ECM
FAIL-SAFE
When either of these DTCs, or other DTCs relating to ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System)
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:
1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTCS OUTPUT (IN ADDITION TO DTC P2111 OR P2112)

and ECT / DTC.
(e) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P2111 or P2112 A
P2111 or P2112 and other DTCs B
HINT:
If any DTCs other than P2111 or P2112 are output,
troubleshoot those DTCs first.
2 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY (VISUALLY CHECK THROTTLE VALVE)
(a) Check for contamination between the throttle valve and

the housing. If necessary, clean the throttle body
assembly. And check that the throttle valve moves
ES smoothly.
OK:
Throttle valve is not contaminated with foreign
objects and moves smoothly.
NG REPLACE THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY
(See page ES-242)
OK

(e) Start the engine, and fully depress and release the
accelerator pedal quickly (to fully open and close the
throttle valve).
and ECT / DTC.
(g) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
No output A
P2111 or P2112 B

Throttle Actuator Control Motor Current Range

DTC P2118
/ Performance
DESCRIPTION
The ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System) has a dedicated power supply circuit. The voltage (+BM)
is monitored and when it is low (less than 4 V), the ECM determines that there is a malfunction in the
ETCS and cuts off the current to the throttle actuator.
When the voltage becomes unstable, the ETCS itself becomes unstable. For this reason, when the
voltage is low, the current to the throttle actuator is cut. If repairs are made and the system returns to
normal, turn the ignition switch off. The ECM then allows the current to flow to the throttle actuator so that
it can be restarted.
HINT:
The ETCS does not use a throttle cable. ES
Power
From EFI +B Source
Relay Circuit
for CPU
From +BM
Battery
ETCS
M+ Throttle
M+
Actuator
Control
Circuit
M- M-
Throttle Actuator
ME01
ECM
A112629E12

• Open in ETCS power source circuit
Open in ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System) • Battery
P2118 power source (+BM) circuit • Battery terminals
(1 trip detection logic) • ETCS fuse
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
When this DTC, or other DTCs relating to ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System) malfunctions, are
set, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. During fail-safe mode, the ECM cuts the current to the throttle
actuator off, and the throttle valve is returned to a 6° throttle angle by the return spring. The ECM then
adjusts the engine output by controlling the fuel injection (intermittent fuel-cut) and ignition timing, in
accordance with the accelerator pedal opening angle, to allow the vehicle to continue at a minimal speed.
If the accelerator pedal is depressed gently, the vehicle can be driven slowly. Fail-safe mode continues
until a pass condition is detected, and the ignition switch is then turned off.
WIRING DIAGRAM
ES
3
1 2 +BM
A20
ETCS
42
2 M+
C23
M+ Throttle Actuator
Control Circuit
41
1 M-
C23
MAIN M-
C17 (Shielded)
63
Throttle Actuator (Built into C23 GE01
Throttle Body Assembly)
43
ME01
C23
104
Battery C23 E1
ECM
A159166E02
HINT:
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (+BM VOLTAGE)

and ECT / Data List / +BM Voltage.
Standard voltage:
11 to 14 V
Result
Result Proceed to ES

(See page ES-12)
2 INSPECT FUSE (ETCS FUSE)
(a) Remove the ETCS fuse from the engine room relay
block and junction block.
and Junction Block
table below.
Standard resistance
ETCS fuse Always Below 1 Ω
(c) Reinstall the ETCS fuse.

AND REPLACE FUSE
ETCS Fuse
A112591E03
OK
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (+BM CIRCUIT)

(a) Disconnect the ECM connectors.
(to ECM) (b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
C23 table below.
Standard voltage
A20-3 (+BM) - C23-104
Always 11 to 14 V
(E1)
(c) Reconnect the ECM connectors.
ES E1 (-)
NG Go to step 4
(to ECM)
A20
+BM (+) A106902E27
OK

4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM - ETCS FUSE)

(b) Remove the ETCS fuse from the engine room relay
Front View of wire harness connector: block and junction block.
(to ECM) (c) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance (check for open)
2 (ETCS fuse) - A20-3
Always Below 1 Ω
(+BM)
A20 Standard resistance (check for short) ES

2 (ETCS fuse) or A20-3
(+BM) - Body ground
+BM
Engine Room Relay Block (e) Reinstall the ETCS fuse.
and Junction Block
CONNECTOR
ETCS Fuse
2
1
A159456E02
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (ETCS FUSE - BATTERY)

Throttle Actuator Control Throttle Body Range /

DTC P2119
Performance
DESCRIPTION
The Electronic Throttle Control System (ETCS) is composed of the throttle actuator, Throttle Position (TP)
sensor, Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor, and ECM. The ECM operates the throttle actuator to
regulate the throttle valve in response to driver inputs. The TP sensor detects the opening angle of the
throttle valve, and provides the ECM with feedback so that the throttle valve can be appropriately
controlled by the ECM.
Throttle valve opening angle continues to vary greatly
• ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System)
ES P2119 from target opening angle
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
When this DTC, as well as other DTCs relating to ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System)
malfunctions, is set, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. During fail-safe mode, the ECM cuts the current to
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:

and ECT / DTC.
(e) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P2119 A
HINT:
those DTCs first.

(e) Allow the engine to idle for 15 seconds or more.
(f) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal quickly
(to fully open and close the throttle valve).
and ECT / DTC. ES
(h) Read DTCs.
HINT:
The output voltage of the throttle position sensor can be
checked using the intelligent tester. Variations in the
output voltage indicate that the throttle actuator is in
operation. To check the output voltage using the
intelligent tester, select the following menu items:
Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / Throttle
Position No. 1 or Throttle Position No. 2.
Result
Result Proceed to
No output A
P2119 B
B REPLACE THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY

(See page ES-242)

Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch "D"

DTC P2120
Circuit

DTC P2122
Circuit Low Input

DTC P2123
Circuit High Input
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch "E"

ES DTC P2125
Circuit

DTC P2127
Circuit Low Input

DTC P2128
Circuit High Input
Throttle / Pedal Position Sensor / Switch "D" /

DTC P2138
"E" Voltage Correlation
DESCRIPTION
HINT:
• These DTCs relate to the Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
• This ETCS (Electronic Throttle Control System) does not use a throttle cable.
The Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is mounted on the accelerator pedal bracket and has 2
sensor circuits: VPA (main) and VPA2 (sub). This sensor is a non-contact type. It uses Hall-effect
elements in order to yield accurate signals, even in extreme driving conditions, such as at high speeds as
well as very low speeds. The voltage, which is applied to terminals VPA and VPA2 of the ECM, varies
between 0 V and 5 V in proportion to the operating angle of the accelerator pedal (throttle valve). A signal
from VPA indicates the actual accelerator pedal opening angle (throttle valve opening angle) and is used
for engine control. A signal from VPA2 conveys the status of the VPA circuit and is used to check the APP
sensor itself.
The ECM monitors the actual accelerator pedal opening angle (throttle valve opening angle) through the
signals from VPA and VPA2, and controls the throttle actuator according to these signals.
APP Sensor Output Voltage (V)
Magnet
APP Sensor ECM
*1 *2
IC No. 1 VPA
4.55
EPA 3.988
VCPA
3.75
3.188
ES
VPA2
1.6
EPA2 0.8
IC No. 2 VCP2 0.29
0 Usable Range 15.9
Magnet
Accelerator Pedal Turning Angle (°)
*1: Accelerator Pedal Fully Released
*2: Accelerator Pedal Fully Depressed
A112620E04

VPA fluctuates rapidly beyond upper and lower • Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
P2120 malfunction thresholds for 0.5 seconds or more pedal assembly)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
VPA 0.4 V or less for 0.5 seconds or more when pedal assembly)
P2122 accelerator pedal depressed • Open in VCP1 circuit
(1 trip detection logic) • Open or ground short in VPA circuit
• ECM
VPA 4.8 V or more for 2.0 seconds or more pedal assembly)
P2123
(1 trip detection logic) • Open in EPA circuit
• ECM
VPA2 fluctuates rapidly beyond upper and lower • Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
P2125 malfunction thresholds for 0.5 seconds or more pedal assembly)
VPA2 1.2 V or less for 0.5 seconds or more when pedal assembly)
P2127 accelerator pedal depressed • Open in VCP2 circuit
(1 trip detection logic) • Open or ground short in VPA2 circuit
• ECM
Following conditions (a) and (b) met for 2.0 seconds or • Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
more (1 trip detection logic): pedal assembly)
P2128
(a) VPA2 4.8 V or more • Open in EPA2 circuit
(b) VPA between 0.4 V and 3.45 V • ECM

Either of following conditions (a) or (b) met for 2.0 • Short between VPA and VPA2 circuits
seconds or more (1 trip detection logic): • Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
P2138
(a) Difference between VPA and VPA2 0.02 V or less pedal assembly)
(b) VPA 0.4 V or less and VPA2 1.2 V or less • ECM
HINT:
When any of these DTCs are set, check the accelerator pedal position sensor voltage by selecting the
following menu items on an intelligent tester: Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List / Accelerator
Position No. 1 and Accelerator Position No. 2.
Accelerator Position Accelerator Position Accelerator Position Accelerator Position
Trouble Area No. 1 No. 2 No. 1 No. 2
When AP Released When AP Released When AP Depressed When AP Depressed
VCP circuit open 0 to 0.2 V 0 to 0.2 V 0 to 0.2 V 0 to 0.2 V
ES Open or ground short in VPA circuit 0 to 0.2 V 1.2 to 2.0 V 0 to 0.2 V 3.4 to 5.0 V
Open or ground short in VPA2 circuit 0.5 to 1.1 V 0 to 0.2 V 2.6 to 4.5 V 0 to 0.2 V
EPA circuit open 4.5 to 5.0 V 4.5 to 5.0 V 4.5 to 5.0 V 4.5 to 5.0 V
Normal condition 0.5 to 1.1 V 1.2 to 2.0 V 2.6 to 4.5 V 3.4 to 5.0 V
HINT:
AP denotes Accelerator Pedal.
FAIL-SAFE
When any of DTCs P2120, P2121, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128 and P2138 are set, the ECM
enters fail-safe mode. If either of the 2 sensor circuits malfunction, the ECM uses the remaining circuit to
calculate the accelerator pedal position to allow the vehicle to continue driving. If both of the circuits
malfunction, the ECM regards the accelerator pedal as being released. As a result, the throttle valve is
closed and the engine idles. Fail-safe mode continues until a pass condition is detected, and the ignition
switch is turned off.
WIRING DIAGRAM
55 VPA
6
VPA A20
59
5
EPA A20
EPA
57
4 VCPA
VCPA A20
56 VPA2
3
VPA2 A20
60
2
EPA2 A20
EPA2
58
1 VCP2
VCP2 A20
A19 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ECM

(Accelerator Pedal Assembly)
A159167E03
HINT:
1 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (ACCELERATOR POSITION NO. 1 AND

ACCELERATOR POSITION NO. 2)

(c)
(d)
Turn the tester on.
Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
ES
and ECT / Data List / Accelerator Position No. 1 and
Accelerator Position No. 2.
(e) Read the value.
Standard voltage
Depressed Released Accelerator Pedal Accelerator Position Accelerator Position
FI07052E18 Operation No. 1 No. 2
Released 0.5 to 1.1 V 1.2 to 2.0 V
Depressed 2.6 to 4.5 V 3.4 to 5.0 V
NG Go to step 2
OK

2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR -

ECM)
(a) Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor

(to Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) (b) Disconnect the ECM connector.
table below.
A19
A19-6 (VPA) - A20-55
Always Below 1 Ω
ES 1 2 3 4 5 6
(VPA)
A19-5 (EPA) - A20-59
VCP2 Always Below 1 Ω
VPA (EPA)
EPA2 A19-4 (VCPA) - A20-57
EPA Always Below 1 Ω
VPA2 VCPA (VCPA)
A19-3 (VPA2) - A20-56
Front view of wire harness connector: Always Below 1 Ω
(VPA2)
(to ECM)
A19-2 (EPA2) - A20-60
Always Below 1 Ω
(EPA2)
A19-1 (VCP2) - A20-58
Always Below 1 Ω
(VCP2)
A20
EPA2 A19-6 (VPA) or A20-55
VPA Always 10 kΩ or higher
(VPA) - Body ground
VPA2 VCPA VCP2 EPA
A19-5 (EPA) or A20-59
(EPA) - Body ground
A19-4 (VCPA) or A20-57
A115665E24 (VCPA) - Body ground
A19-3 (VPA2) or A20-56
(VPA2) - Body ground
A19-2 (EPA2) or A20-60
(EPA2) - Body ground
A19-1 (VCP2) or A20-58
(VCP2) - Body ground
(d) Reconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor

connector.
CONNECTOR
OK
3 INSPECT ECM (VCPA AND VCP2 VOLTAGE)

(to Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) (b) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
table below.
Standard voltage
A19-4 (VCPA) - A19-5
A19 Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V
1 2 3 4 5 6 (EPA)
A19-1 (VCP2) - A19-2
(EPA2)
Ignition switch ON 4.5 to 5.5 V ES
VCP2 EPA2 VCPA EPA (d) Reconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor
connector.
A115666E36
NG REPLACE ECM (See page ES-248)
OK
4 REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
(a) Replace the accelerator pedal assembly (See page ES-

254).
NEXT
5 CHECK WHETHER DTC OUTPUT RECURS (ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

DTC)

(e) Allow the engine to idle for 15 seconds or more.
(f) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal several
times quickly.
and ECT / DTC.
(h) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, and/or
A
P2138
No output B
B END
ES

DTC P2121
Circuit Range / Performance
DESCRIPTION
Difference between VPA and VPA2 less than 0.4 V, or • Accelerator pedal position sensor (accelerator
P2121 more than 1.2 V for 0.5 seconds pedal assembly)
FAIL-SAFE
The APP sensor has two (main and sub) sensor circuits. If a malfunction occurs in either of the sensor ES
circuits, the ECM detects the abnormal signal voltage difference between the two sensor circuits and
switches to limp mode. In limp mode, the functioning circuit is used to calculate the accelerator pedal
opening angle to allow the vehicle to continue driving. If both circuits malfunction, the ECM regards the
opening angle of the accelerator pedal as being fully closed. In this case, the throttle valve remains closed
as if the engine is idling. If a pass condition is detected and then the ignition switch is turned off, the fail-
safe operation stops and the system returns to a normal condition.
WIRING DIAGRAM
HINT:

and ECT / DTC.
(e) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P2121 A
HINT:
those DTCs first.
A
2 READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (ACCELERATOR POSITION NO. 1 AND

ACCELERATOR POSITION NO. 2)

and ECT / Data List / Accelerator Position No. 1 and
Accelerator Position No. 2.
(e) Read the values.
Standard voltage
Depressed
ES
Released Accelerator Pedal Accelerator Position Accelerator Position
FI07052E18 Operation No. 1 No. 2
Released 0.5 to 1.1 V 1.2 to 2.0 V
Depressed 2.6 to 4.5 V 3.4 to 5.0 V
Result
Result Proceed to

(See page ES-12)
3 REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
(a) Replace the accelerator pedal assembly (See page ES-

254).
NEXT

(f) Allow the engine to idle for 15 seconds.
(g) Fully depress and release the accelerator pedal several
times quickly.
(h) Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Engine
and ECT / DTC.
(i) Read DTCs.
Result
Result Proceed to
P2121 A
No output B
B END
ES
ECM Power Source Circuit

DESCRIPTION
When the ignition switch is turned to ON, the battery voltage is applied to the IGSW terminal of the ECM.
The output signal from the MREL terminal of the ECM causes a current to flow to the EFI relay coil,
closing the EFI relay contacts and supplying power to terminal +B of the ECM.
WIRING DIAGRAM
ES 5 AM2 IG2 6
D8
Ignition Switch
1
1B
1 4 28
1 2 IGSW
1C 1B A20
3 AM2 2 IGN
1B 1B
IG2 2
MAIN A20 +B
4 1
1 2
1A A20 +B2
3 EFI 2 44
Battery
1A 1A A20 MREL
EFI 104
C23 E1
Integration Relay
ECM
A161291E01
1 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (POWER SOURCE)
(b) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
Front view of wire harness connector: table below.
(to Integration Relay) Standard voltage
1C-1 - Body ground Always 11 to 14 V
(c) Reinstall the integration relay. ES

1C 1 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
Integration Relay CONNECTOR (INTEGRATION RELAY -
BATTERY)

and Junction Block
A167695E01
OK
2 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (AM2 FUSE AND EFI FUSE)
(a) Remove the AM2 fuse and EFI fuse from the integration
relay.
table below.
AM2 EFI Standard resistance
1 1 AM2 fuse Always Below 1 Ω
2 2
A164025E02 (c) Reinstall the fuses.

AND REPLACE FUSE
OK
3 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (EFI RELAY AND IG2 RELAY)
table below.
Standard resistance
1C 1B 1A
8 76 5 4 32 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 kΩ or higher
1 absent
1C-1 - 1B-4 When battery voltage
ES A166826E02 applied to terminal 1B-2

- 1B-3
Below 1 Ω

10 kΩ or higher
absent
1C-1 - 1A-4 When battery voltage
applied to terminal 1A-2 Below 1 Ω
- 1A-3
1C-1 - 1B-1 Always Below 1 Ω

page ES-284)
OK
4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (INTEGRATION RELAY - ECM)
Front view of wire harness connector: block and junction block.
(to Integration Relay): (b) Disconnect the ECM connector.
table below.
4 1A 2 A20-44 (MREL) - 1A-2 Always Below 1 Ω
A20-2 (+B) - 1A-4 Always Below 1 Ω
Integration Relay
ES
A20-44 (MREL) - Body
ground
A20-2 (+B) - Body
ground

and Junction Block
CONNECTOR

(to ECM):
A20
+B MREL
A166833E01
OK
5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM - BODY GROUND)

(to ECM)
table below.
C23
C23-104 (E1) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
(c) Reconnect the ECM connector.
ES NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR
E1
A159981E02
OK
6 INSPECT ECM (IGSW TERMINAL VOLTAGE)
(a) Disconnect the ECM connectors.

(to ECM)
table below.
C23
Standard voltage
A20-28 (IGSW) - C23-
104 (E1)
(d) Reconnect the ECM connectors.

E1 (-) Result
Result Proceed to
(to ECM)
IGSW (+)
A20
A107934E48
A
7 INSPECT FUSE (IGN FUSE)
(a) Remove the IGN fuse from the main body ECU.
Main Body ECU (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
IGN Standard resistance
IGN fuse Always Below 1 Ω
(c) Reinstall the IGN fuse.

AND CONNECTORS CONNECTED TO FUSE ES
AND REPLACE FUSE
A107935E20
OK
8 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM - INTEGRATION RELAY)
(to Integration Relay) (b) Disconnect the ECM connector.
table below.
4 1B A20-28 (IGSW) - 1B-4 Always Below 1 Ω
ES Integration Relay Standard resistance (Check for short)

A20-28 (IGSW) - Body
ground

CONNECTOR
and Junction Block

(to ECM)
A20
IGSW
A166833E02
OK
9 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (INTEGRATION RELAY - IGNITION SWITCH)
(to Integration Relay) (b) Disconnect the ignition switch connector.
table below.
1B 3 2
1B-2 - D8-6 (IG2) Always Below 1 Ω
Integration Relay 1B-3 - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω

ES
D8-6 (IG2) - Body
ground

(e) Reconnect the ignition switch connector.
and Junction Block
CONNECTOR

(to Ignition Switch)
D8
IG2
A166835E01
OK
10 INSPECT IGNITION SWITCH
(a) Remove the ignition switch.

(Ignition Switch) (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard resistance
LOCK
ACC
- LOCK 10 kΩ or higher
2-4 ACC
ON 1-2-4
ON
5-6 Below 1 Ω
ES 1-3-4
START
START 5-6-7
(c) Reinstall the ignition switch.

21)
4 3 2 1
7 6 5
A107906E06
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (IGNITION SWITCH - BATTERY)

VC Output Circuit
DESCRIPTION
The ECM constantly generates 5 V power from the battery voltages supplied to the +B (BATT) terminal to
operate the microprocessor. The ECM also provides this power to the sensors through the VC output
circuit.
ECM
From EFI Fuse

BATT
5 V Constant Voltage Circuit
ES
+B, +B2
From EFI Relay
Microprocessor
Throttle Position Sensor, Accelerator
Pedal Position Sensor, etc. (Sensors VC
which have IC)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor,

R
Intake Air Temperature Sensor, etc.
A116143E33
When the VC circuit is short-circuited, the microprocessor in the ECM and sensors that are supplied with
power through the VC circuit are deactivated because the power is not supplied from the VC circuit. Under
this condition, the system does not start up and the MIL does not illuminate even if the system
malfunctions.
HINT:
Under normal conditions, the MIL is illuminated for several seconds when the ignition switch is first turned
to ON. The MIL goes off when the engine is started.
WIRING DIAGRAM
67
5 VCTA
VC C23
115
6
VTA C23 VTA1
114
4
VTA2 C23 VTA2
ES E2
3
91
C23
ETA
C17
57
4 VCPA
VCPA A20
58
1 VCP2
VCP2 A20
55
6
VPA A20 VPA
56
3
VPA2 A20 VPA2
59
5 EPA
EPA A20
60
2 EPA2
EPA2 A20
A19
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
ECM
A148075E03
1 CHECK MIL CONDITION
(a) Check that the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) lights

up when turning the ignition switch to ON.
OK:
MIL lights up.
NG Go to step 2
OK
SYSTEM OK
2 CHECK CONNECTION BETWEEN INTELLIGENT TESTER AND ECM

(d) Check for communication between the tester and ECM.
Result
Result Proceed to
Communication not possible A
Communication possible B
B GO TO MIL CIRCUIT (See page ES-236) ES

A
3 CHECK MIL (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)

(c) Check the MIL.
Result
Result Proceed to
MIL does not illuminate A
MIL illuminates B

B REPLACE THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY
(See page ES-242)
4 CHECK MIL (ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR)

connector.
(c) Check the MIL.
Result
Result Proceed to
MIL does not illuminate A
MIL illuminates B
(d) Reconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor

connector.
B REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
ASSEMBLY (See page ES-254)
A
5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (VC CIRCUIT)

(b) Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor
connector.
(c) Disconnect the ECM connectors.
(to ECM)
(d) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
table below.
C23 Standard resistance (Check for short)
C23-67 (VCTA) - Body
ES
ground
A20-57 (VCPA) - Body
ground
A20-58 (VCP2) - Body
VCTA ground
Front view of wire harness connector: (e) Reconnect the throttle body connector.
(to ECM) (f) Reconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor
connector.
(g) Reconnect the ECM connectors.

CONNECTOR
VCPA VCP2 A107934E49
OK


(2007/08-2010/04)
DESCRIPTION
When the engine is cranked, the ST (Starter) relay drive signal output from the STAR terminal of the ECM
is input to the STA terminal of the ECM, the NE signal generated by the crankshaft position sensor is also
input to the NE+ terminal. Thus, the ECM interprets that the engine has been cranked, and turns the
transistor Tr1 in the ECM internal circuit ON. The current flows to the C/OPN (Circuit Opening) relay by
turning Tr1 ON. Then, the fuel pump operates.
While the NE signal is input to the ECM and the engine is running, the ECM holds the Tr1 on continuously.
ES
FC
IGN
IG2 C/OPN
Tr1
Fuel Pump
IG2
Ignition
Switch STAR
AM2
MREL
EFI
Clutch Start Switch

AM2 EFI
To Starter
ST STA
MAIN
ST
NE+
NE Signal
Battery ECM
A161292E02
WIRING DIAGRAM
5 AM2 IG2 6
D8
Ignition Switch
1
1B
1 4
ES 1C
1
AM2
2
1B
3 2
1B 1B
IG2
4
1 2
1A
3 EFI 2 44
1A 1A A20 MREL
EFI
Integration Relay
MAIN
8 11
4A 4B
4
4F
IGN 1
C/OPN 4D
5 7
FC
4E A20
Main Body ECU
4 5
Battery
ECM
J7
Fuel Pump
A161293E01
1 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (CONTROL THE FUEL PUMP/
SPD)


and ECT / Active Test / Control the Fuel Pump/Speed.
(e) Check whether the fuel pump operating sound occurs
when performing the Active Test on the tester.
Result
Result Proceed to
Fuel pump operating sound does not
A
occur
Fuel pump operating sound occurs B
B Go to step 8
A ES
2 INSPECT MAIN BODY ECU (C/OPN RELAY INPUT VOLTAGE)

Rear view of wire harness connector:
(to Main Body ECU)
table below.
Standard voltage
4B-11 - Body ground
Ignition switch off Below 1 V
4B 4F-4 - Body ground
4B-11 - Body ground
4F-4 - Body ground
11
Result
Result Proceed to
4F Within standard range B
4
B Go to step 4
A116124E24
A
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU - INTEGRATION RELAY)
(b) Disconnect the main body ECU connectors.
table below.
1B-4 - 4F-4 Always Below 1 Ω
1A-4 - 4B-11 Always Below 1 Ω
ES 1B 4 1A 4
Integration Relay
4F-4 - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
4B-11 - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher

(e) Reconnect the main body ECU connectors.
CONNECTOR
and Junction Block

(to Main Body ECU)
4B
11
4F
A112627E11
OK

4 INSPECT MAIN BODY ECU (C/OPN RELAY)
(a) Remove the main body ECU.

(to Main Body ECU) (b) Connect the battery positive terminal to the 4D-1
terminal, and connect the battery negative terminal to the
4D 1 4E-5 terminal.
8 table below.
Standard resistance
4E
4B Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
5 When battery voltage
11
ES
10 kΩ or higher
absent
4A-8 - 4B-11 When battery voltage
applied to terminals 4D- Below 1 Ω
1 and 4E-5
HINT:
The relay coil circuit between 4D-1 and 4E-5 is not
through the IGN fuse.
(d) Reinstall the main body ECU.
NG REPLACE MAIN BODY ECU (See page AC-
93)
A116124E25
OK
5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU - ECM)
(a) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

(to ECM)
table below.
FC
4E-5 - A20-7 (FC) Always Below 1 Ω
A20
ES Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
Rear view of wire harness connector: A20-7 (FC) - Body

(to Main Body ECU) ground
(d) Reconnect the main body ECU connector.

5
CONNECTOR
4E
A115687E09
OK
6 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU - FUEL PUMP - BODY GROUND)
(a) Check the harness and the connectors between the

Rear view of wire harness connector: main body ECU and the fuel pump.
(to Main Body ECU)
(1) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.
(2) Disconnect the fuel pump connector.
the table below.
4A Standard resistance (Check for open)
4A-8 - J7-4 Always Below 1 Ω

ES
4A-8 - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
(4) Reconnect the main body ECU connector.

(5) Reconnect the fuel pump connector.
(b) Check the harness and connector between the fuel
pump and the body ground.
the table below.
Front view of wire harness connector: Standard resistance (Check for open)
(to Fuel Pump) Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
J7-5 - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω

J7
1 2 3 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
4 5 CONNECTOR
(+) (-)
Front View
A116150E05
OK
7 INSPECT FUEL PUMP
(a) Inspect fuel pump resistance.

Component without harness connected: (1) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
(Fuel Pump) the table below.
Standard resistance
4-5 20°C (68°F) 0.2 to 3.0 Ω
(b) Inspect fuel pump operation.

(1) Apply battery voltage to the fuel pump terminals.
ES (2) Check that the fuel pump operates.
NOTICE:
(-) (+) • This test must be done quickly (within 10
seconds) to prevent the coil from burning
out.
• Keep the fuel pump as far away from the
A159459E01
battery as possible.
• Always switch at the battery side.
NG REPLACE FUEL PUMP (See page FU-25)
OK

and ECT / Data List / Starter Signal.
(e) Check the result when the ignition switch is ON and the
engine starts.
Standard
Ignition Switch Conditions Tester Display (Starter Signal)
ON OFF
Engine Start ON
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE STARTING SYSTEM

(See page ES-229)
OK


(e) Read the value while cranking.
OK:
The value is the same as the actual engine speed
and is displayed with no interruption on the tester.
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE CRANKSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT (See page ES-
122)
OK
REPLACE ECM (See page ES-248) ES


(2010/04- )
DESCRIPTION
When the engine is cranked, the ST (Starter) relay drive signal output from the STAR terminal of the ECM
is input to the STA terminal of the ECM, the NE signal generated by the crankshaft position sensor is also
input to the NE+ terminal. Thus, the ECM interprets that the engine has been cranked, and turns the
transistor Tr1 in the ECM internal circuit ON. The current flows to the C/OPN (Circuit Opening) relay by
turning Tr1 ON. Then, the fuel pump operates.
While the NE signal is input to the ECM and the engine is running, the ECM holds the Tr1 on continuously.
ES
FC
IGN
IG2 C/OPN
Tr1
Fuel Pump
IG2
Ignition
Switch STAR
AM2
MREL
EFI
Clutch Start Switch

AM2 EFI
To Starter
ST STA
MAIN
ST
NE+
NE Signal
Battery ECM
A161292E02
WIRING DIAGRAM
5 AM2 IG2 6
D8
Ignition Switch
1
1B
1 4
1C
1
AM2
2
1B ES
3 2
1B 1B
IG2
4
1 2
1A
3 EFI 2 44
1A 1A A20 MREL
EFI
Integration Relay
MAIN
8 11
4A 4B
4
4F
IGN 1
C/OPN 4D
5 7
FC
4E A20
Main Body ECU
4 5
Battery
ECM
J7
Fuel Pump
A161293E01
1 PERFORM ACTIVE TEST USING INTELLIGENT TESTER (CONTROL THE FUEL PUMP/
SPD)


and ECT / Active Test / Control the Fuel Pump/Speed.
(e) Check whether the fuel pump operating sound occurs
when performing the Active Test on the tester.
Result
Result Proceed to
Fuel pump operating sound does not
A
occur
Fuel pump operating sound occurs B
B Go to step 8
ES A
2 INSPECT MAIN BODY ECU (C/OPN RELAY INPUT VOLTAGE)

(to Main Body ECU)
table below.
Standard voltage
4B-11 - Body ground
Ignition switch off Below 1 V
4B 4F-4 - Body ground
4B-11 - Body ground
4F-4 - Body ground
11
Result
Result Proceed to
4F Within standard range B
4
B Go to step 4
A116124E24
A
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU - INTEGRATION RELAY)
(b) Disconnect the main body ECU connectors.
table below.
1B-4 - 4F-4 Always Below 1 Ω
1A-4 - 4B-11 Always Below 1 Ω
1B 4 1A 4
ES
Integration Relay
4F-4 - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
4B-11 - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher

(e) Reconnect the main body ECU connectors.
CONNECTOR
and Junction Block

(to Main Body ECU)
4B
11
4F
A112627E11
OK

4 INSPECT MAIN BODY ECU (C/OPN RELAY)
(a) Remove the main body ECU.

(to Main Body ECU) (b) Connect the battery positive terminal to the 4D-1
terminal, and connect the battery negative terminal to the
4D 1 4E-5 terminal.
8 table below.
Standard resistance
4E
4B Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
5 When battery voltage
11
ES
10 kΩ or higher
absent
4A-8 - 4B-11 When battery voltage
applied to terminals 4D- Below 1 Ω
1 and 4E-5
HINT:
The relay coil circuit between 4D-1 and 4E-5 is not
through the IGN fuse.
(d) Reinstall the main body ECU.
NG REPLACE MAIN BODY ECU (See page AC-
101)
A116124E25
OK
5 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU - ECM)
(a) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.

(to ECM)
table below.
FC
4E-5 - A20-7 (FC) Always Below 1 Ω
A20
Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition ES
Rear view of wire harness connector: A20-7 (FC) - Body
(to Main Body ECU) ground
(d) Reconnect the main body ECU connector.

5
CONNECTOR
4E
A115687E09
OK
6 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (MAIN BODY ECU - FUEL PUMP - BODY GROUND)
(a) Check the harness and the connectors between the

Rear view of wire harness connector: main body ECU and the fuel pump.
(to Main Body ECU)
(1) Disconnect the main body ECU connector.
the table below.
4A Standard resistance (Check for open)
4A-8 - J7-4 Always Below 1 Ω
ES Standard resistance (Check for short)
4A-8 - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
(4) Reconnect the main body ECU connector.

(b) Check the harness and connector between the fuel
pump and the body ground.
the table below.
Front view of wire harness connector: Standard resistance (Check for open)
(to Fuel Pump) Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
J7-5 - Body ground Always Below 1 Ω

J7
1 2 3 NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR
4 5 CONNECTOR
(+) (-)
Front View
A116150E05
OK
7 INSPECT FUEL PUMP
(a) Inspect fuel pump resistance.

Component without harness connected: (1) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
(Fuel Pump) the table below.
Standard resistance
4-5 20°C (68°F) 0.2 to 3.0 Ω
(b) Inspect fuel pump operation.

(1) Apply battery voltage to the fuel pump terminals.
(2) Check that the fuel pump operates.
NOTICE:
ES
(-) (+) • This test must be done quickly (within 10
seconds) to prevent the coil from burning
out.
• Keep the fuel pump as far away from the
A159459E01
battery as possible.
• Always switch at the battery side.
NG REPLACE FUEL PUMP (See page FU-25)
OK

(e) Check the result when the ignition switch is ON and the
engine starts.
Standard
Ignition Switch Conditions Tester Display (Starter Signal)
ON OFF
Engine Start ON
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE STARTING SYSTEM

(See page ES-229)
OK


(e) Read the value while cranking.
OK:
The value is the same as the actual engine speed
and is displayed with no interruption on the tester.
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE CRANKSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT (See page ES-
122)
OK
ES REPLACE ECM (See page ES-248)

Fuel Injector Circuit

DESCRIPTION
The fuel injectors are located in the cylinder head. They inject fuel into the cylinders in accordance with
signals from the ECM.
WIRING DIAGRAM
5
AM2 IG2
6
1 2
108
#10 ES
C23
D8 C4
Ignition Switch No. 1 Fuel Injector
107
1 2 #20
C23
C5
No. 2 Fuel Injector
106
1 1B 2 1B 1 2 #30
C23
C6
No. 3 Fuel Injector
2 105
1 2 #40
AM2 IG2 C23
1 C7
No. 4 Fuel Injector
45
1 1C 4 1B 3 1B E01
C23
Integration Relay
44
E02
C23
MAIN
ECM
Battery
A161294E01
1 INSPECT ECM (#10, #20, #30, AND #40 VOLTAGE)

(to ECM)
E01 table below.
C23 Standard voltage
C23-108 (#10) - C23-45
(E01)
ES C23-107 (#20) - C23-45
(E01)
C23-106 (#30) - C23-45

(E01)
#40 #30 #20 #10
C23-105 (#40) - C23-45
(E01)
A164020E01
NG Go to step 4
OK
2 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (ECM GROUND)

Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in the
(to ECM)
table below.
C23 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C23-45 (E01) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground
(c) Reconnect the ECM connector.

CONNECTOR
E01
A164020E02
OK
3 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR ASSEMBLY (CHECK INJECTION VOLUME)
HINT:
Refer to the fuel injector inspection procedure (See page FU-
14).
NG REPLACE FUEL INJECTOR ASSEMBLY (See
page FU-11)
OK
PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT INSPECTION SHOWN IN PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE (See page
ES-13)
4 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (AM2 FUSE)
(a) Remove the AM2 fuse from the integration relay.

table below.
Standard resistance ES
AM2 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
AM2 fuse Always Below 1 Ω
1
2 (c) Reinstall the AM2 fuse.
A164025E03
AND REPLACE FUSE
OK
5 INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY (IG2 RELAY)
table below.
Standard resistance
1C 1B 1A
8 76 5 4 32 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 kΩ or higher
1 absent
1C-1 - 1B-4 When battery voltage
A166826E02 applied to terminal 1B-2 Below 1 Ω
- 1B-3
1C-1 - 1B-1 Always Below 1 Ω

page ES-284)
OK
6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR ASSEMBLY (CHECK RESISTANCE)
(a) Disconnect the fuel injector connectors.

(Fuel Injector)
table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 20°C (68°F) 11.6 to 12.4 Ω
2 1 (c) Reconnect the fuel injector connectors.

NOTICE:
ES Perform this operation in a place with good
ventilation and be careful of fire.
No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4
NG REPLACE FUEL INJECTOR ASSEMBLY (See
page FU-11)
A141550E05
OK
7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FUEL INJECTOR ASSEMBLY - ECM)

(to Fuel Injector)
table below.
C4 C5 Standard resistance (Check for open)
C4-2 (No. 1 Fuel
injector) - C23-108 Always Below 1 Ω
Front view of wire harness connector: (#10)
(to ECM) C5-2 (No. 2 Fuel
(#20)
C6-2 (No. 3 Fuel
C23 injector) - C23-106 Always Below 1 Ω
(#30)
C7-2 (No. 4 Fuel
(#40)

#40 #30 #20 #10 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C4-2 (No. 1 Fuel
A106388E23
injector) or C23-108 Always 10 kΩ or higher
(#10) - Body ground
C5-2 (No. 2 Fuel
(#20) - Body ground
C6-2 (No. 3 Fuel
(#30) - Body ground

C7-2 (No. 4 Fuel
(#40) - Body ground
(d) Reconnect the fuel injector connectors.

CONNECTOR
OK
8 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (FUEL INJECTOR ASSEMBLY - IG2 RELAY)

ES
Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Remove the integration relay from the engine room relay
(to Integration Relay) block and junction block.
table below.
1B 4 C4-1 (No. 1 Fuel
injector) - 1B-4 Always Below 1 Ω
Integration Relay (Integration relay)
C5-1 (No. 2 Fuel
(Integration relay)
C6-1 (No. 3 Fuel
(Integration relay)
C7-1 (No. 4 Fuel
(Integration relay)

Engine Room RelayBlock
and Junction Block Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
C4-1 (No. 1 Fuel
injector) or 1B-4
(Integration relay) -
Body ground
(to Fuel Injector Connector) C5-1 (No. 2 Fuel
injector) or 1B-4
Body ground
C4 C5 C6-1 (No. 3 Fuel
1 2 injector) or 1B-4
C6 C7 (Integration relay) -
Body ground
A167693E01
C7-1 (No. 3 Fuel
injector) or 1B-4
Body ground
(d) Reconnect the fuel injector connectors.

CONNECTOR
OK
CHECK AND REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (AM2 FUSE - BATTERY)
ES
Cranking Holding Function Circuit

DESCRIPTION
The cranking holding control system keeps energizing the starter relay from when the ECM detects the
starter signal (STSW signal) from the ignition switch until the ECM performs a judgement of "Engine
started". Furthermore, the ECM outputs an accessory cut signal (ACCR signal) to the ACC cut relay
during cranking to prevent flickering of the combination meter, clock, audio system, and so on.
When the ECM detects the STSW signal, the ECM outputs the starter relay drive signal (STAR signal) to
the starter relay through the clutch start switch, and then, the engine is cranked. When the ECM receives
a stable engine speed signal (NE signal), more specifically, when the NE signal reaches a predetermined
value, the ECM stops outputting the STAR signal.
Also, the ECM monitors the starter relay operating conditions based on the STA terminal voltage status.
ES
Continues cranking until the
engine is judged to be firing
ON
Starter Input Signal
(STSW)
OFF
When no cranking hold control
is performed
ON
Starter Output Signal
(STAR)
OFF
Prevents meters, clock, etc. from

flickering
ACC (Accessory) Cut No ACC Cut
Input Signal (ACCR)
(for start control)
ACC Cut Threshold indicating that engine
has started
When the NE signal reaches a

Engine Speed Signal predetermined value, the ECM
(NE) determines that the engine has
Ignition Switch ST Position started successfully
Elapsed Time
A169043E01
WIRING DIAGRAM
13
To ACC Cut ACCR
A20
(Accessory) Relay
14
5 AM2 ST2 7 STSW
A20
D8
Ignition Switch
ES 52
STAR
C23
D47
Diode
2
AM2 2
1 A16
Clutch Start
Switch
1
1 2
ST
48
MAIN STA
A20
3 5
1 1 C15
1 2
C1
ST ECM
Starter
Battery
A161300E01

(e) Check the result when the ignition switch is turned to ON
and the engine starts.
OK
Condition Starter Signal
Ignition switch ON OFF
Engine start ON
Result
Result Proceed to
B Go to step 7
A
ES
2 INSPECT ECM (STSW TERMINAL VOLTAGE)

Front view of wire harness connector: (b) Depress the clutch pedal fully.
(to ECM)
(c) Perform the cranking operation.
(d) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard voltage
STSW Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
A20-14 (STSW) - Body
Engine Start 9 to 13 V
A20 ground

HINT:
DTCs related to the communication with other computers
may be set due to this inspection. Clear those DTCs after the
inspection.
A164014E01
NG Go to step 5
OK
3 INSPECT ECM (STAR TERMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE)
(a) Inspect the ECM.

(1) Disconnect the clutch start switch connector.
(to Clutch Start Switch)
(2) Perform the cranking operation.
(3) Measure the voltage according to the value(s) in the
table below.
Standard voltage
A16 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
1 2 A16-2 - Body ground Engine Start 11 to 14 V
A159770E01 (4) Reconnect the clutch start switch connector.

NG Go to step 6
OK
4 INSPECT CLUTCH START SWITCH
(a) Inspect the clutch start switch.

Component Side: (1) Disconnect the clutch start switch connector.
Clutch Start Switch Assembly
the table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 ON (pushed) Below 1 Ω
1-2 OFF (free) 10 kΩ or higher
ES 8.0 +/- 0.35 mm

(0.315 +/- 0.014 in)
Result
Result Proceed to
Pushed in Released Within standard range B
A129222E08
B Go to step 7
REPLACE CLUTCH START SWITCH (See page CL-28)
5 INSPECT IGNITION SWITCH (See page ES-200)

21)
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (ECM - IGNITION SWITCH - BATTERY)

6 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (CLUTCH START SWITCH - IGNITION SWITCH AND
ECM)
(a) Check the harness and connector.

(1) Disconnect the ignition switch connector.
Front view of wire harness connector: (2) Disconnect the clutch start switch connector.
(to Ignition Switch) (3) Disconnect the ECM connector.
the table below.
1 2 3 4 ST2 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
D8
ES
5 6 7 8
D8-7 (ST2) - A16-2 Always
Below 1 Ω
C23-52 (STAR) - A16-2 Always
Front view of wire harness connector: Standard resistance (Check for short)
(to Clutch Start Switch) Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
D8-7 (ST2) - Body
Always
ground
10 kΩ or higher
C23-52 (STAR) - Body
Always
ground
A16
1 2
HINT:
The wire between the clutch start switch and the
Front view of wire harness connector: ignition switch has a diode (refer to the wiring
(to ECM) diagram). The current flowing to the clutch start
switch is rectified by the diode.
(5) Reconnect the ignition switch connector.
(7) Reconnect the ECM connector.
CONNECTOR
STAR C23
A161301E01
OK

7 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (CLUTCH START SWITCH - ECM - ST RELAY)
(a) Check the harness and connector.

Front view of wire harness connector: (1) Remove the ST relay from the engine room relay
(to Clutch Start Switch) block and junction block.
(2) Disconnect the clutch start switch connector.
(3) Disconnect the ECM connector.
A16 the table below.

A16-1 - A20-48 (STA) Always Below 1 Ω
A16-1 - 2 (ST relay) Always Below 1 Ω
(to ECM)
1 (ST relay) - Body
Always Below 1 Ω
ground

A20
A16-1 - Body ground Always 10 kΩ or higher
STA
(5) Reinstall the ST relay.
Front view of relay block connector: (7) Reconnect the ECM connector.
(to ST Relay)
CONNECTOR
ST Relay


and Junction Block
A161302E01
OK
8 INSPECT BATTERY
(a) Check that the battery is not depleted.

OK:
Battery is not depleted.
NG REPLACE BATTERY
OK
9 CHECK BATTERY TERMINAL
(a) Check that the battery terminals are not loose or

corroded.
OK:
Battery terminals are not loose or corroded.
NG REPAIR OR REPLACE BATTERY TERMINAL
OK
REPAIR OR REPLACE STARTER CIRCUIT (STARTER - ST RELAY) ES

MIL Circuit
DESCRIPTION
The MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) is used to indicate vehicle malfunctions detected by the ECM.
When the ignition switch is turned to ON, power is supplied to the MIL circuit, and the ECM provides the
circuit ground which illuminates the MIL.
The MIL operation can be checked visually: When the ignition switch is first turned to ON, the MIL should
be illuminated and should then turn off. If the MIL remains illuminated or is not illuminated, conduct the
following troubleshooting procedure using an intelligent tester.
WIRING DIAGRAM
ES
5 AM2 IG2 6
D8
Ignition Switch
1 1B 2 1B
Integration Relay
2
AM2
IG2
1
1 1C 4 1B 3 1B
1 4 24
W
D1 D2 A20
MAIN MET MIL
Combination Meter
Battery ECM
A161295E01
1 CHECK THAT MIL IS ILLUMINATED
(a) Perform troubleshooting in accordance with the table

below.
Result
Condition Proceed to
MIL remains ON A
MIL does not illuminate B
B Go to step 5
2 CHECK WHETHER MIL TURNS OFF

(b) Turn the ignition switch to ON. ES
and ECT / DTC.
(e) Check if any DTCs have been stored. Note down any
DTCs.
(f) Clear DTCs (See page ES-32).
(g) Check if the MIL goes off.
OK:
MIL should go off.
NG Go to step 3
OK
REPAIR CIRCUITS INDICATED BY OUTPUT DTCS (See page ES-45)
3 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (CHECK FOR SHORT IN WIRE HARNESS)

(to ECM)
(c) Check that the MIL is not illuminated.
OK:
MIL is not illuminated.
NG Go to step 4
A20
A164014E02
OK

4 CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (COMBINATION METER - ECM)

(to Combination Meter) (b) Disconnect the combination meter connector.
table below.
D2 Tester Connection Condition Specified Condition
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A20-24 (W) or D2-4 -
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Body ground

(to ECM)
(e) Reconnect the combination meter connector.
CONNECTOR
W
A20
A112624E07
OK
REPLACE COMBINATION METER (See page ME-89)
5 CHECK THAT MIL IS ILLUMINATED
(a) Check if the MIL is illuminated when the ignition switch is

turned to ON.
OK:
MIL should be illuminated.
NG Go to step 6
OK
SYSTEM OK
6 CHECK THAT ENGINE STARTS
(a) Turn the ignition switch to ON.

Result
Result Proceed to
Engine starts A
Result Proceed to
Engine does not start* B
HINT:
*: An intelligent tester cannot communicate with the
ECM.
B GO TO VC OUTPUT CIRCUIT (See page ES-
201)
7 INSPECT COMBINATION METER (MIL CIRCUIT)
(a) Check the MIL circuit (See page ME-9).

ES
NG REPLACE COMBINATION METER (See page
ME-89)
OK
CHECK AND REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (COMBINATION METER - ECM)

ES–240 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – THROTTLE BODY
THROTTLE BODY
ENGINE
COMPONENTS
7.0 (71, 62 in.*lbf) x4
NO. 2 CYLINDER HEAD COVER
ES
NO. 2 VANTILATION HOSE

NO. 1 FUEL VAPOR
NO. 2 FUEL VAPOR FEED HOSE FEED HOSE
AIR CLEANER CAP SUB-ASSEMBLY

WITH NO. 1 AIR CLEANER HOSE
N*m (kgf*cm, ft*lbf) : Specified torque

A173884E01
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – THROTTLE BODY ES–241
WATER FILLER SUB-ASSEMBLY

WITH HOSE
7.5 (76, 66 in.*lbf)

x2
THROTTLE WITH MOTOR BODY ASSEMBLY

ES
GASKET 9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf)
x3
9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf)
9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf)
NO. 2 WATER BY-PASS HOSE
WATER BY-PASS HOSE
N*m (kgf*cm, ft*lbf) : Specified torque Non-reusable part

A154860E02
ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION
1. INSPECT THROTTLE WITH MOTOR BODY
ASSEMBLY
(a) Check the throttle control motor operating sounds.
(1) Turn the ignition switch ON.
(2) When pressing the accelerator pedal, listen to
the running sounds of the motor. Make sure no
friction noises come from the motor.
(b) Check the throttle position sensor.
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON.
(3) Push the intelligent tester main switch ON.
ES (4) Select the following menu items:
Powertrain / Engine and ECT / Data List /
Throttle Position.
(5) Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
throttle valve is fully open, check that the value
of the "Throttle Position" is within the
specifications.
Standard throttle valve opening percentage:
40 to 98% or more
NOTICE:
When checking the standard throttle valve
opening percentage, the shift lever should
be in the neutral position.
If the percentage is out of standard, replace the
throttle with motor body assembly.
REMOVAL
1. DRAIN ENGINE COOLANT (See page CO-6)
2. REMOVE NO. 2 CYLINDER HEAD COVER (See page
IG-9)
3. REMOVE AIR CLEANER CAP SUB-ASSEMBLY WITH
NO. 1 AIR CLEANER HOSE
(a) Disconnect the No. 1 fuel vapor feed hose and No. 2
fuel vapor feed hose from the vacuum switching
valve assembly.
(b) Disconnect the vacuum switching valve assembly
connector and wire harness clamp.
A130430
(c) Disconnect the No. 2 ventilation hose.
A115123
(d) Disconnect the wire harness clamp and mass air

flow meter connector.
ES
A115125
(e) Loosen the hose clamp, unlock the air cleaner

assembly clamp and remove air cleaner cap sub-
assembly with No. 1 air cleaner hose.
A115126
4. DISCONNECT WATER BY-PASS HOSE

(a) Disconnect the water by-pass hose.
A115127
5. DISCONNECT NO. 2 WATER BY-PASS HOSE

(a) Disconnect the No. 2 water by-pass hose.
A115128
6. REMOVE THROTTLE WITH MOTOR BODY

ASSEMBLY
(a) Disconnect the throttle with motor body assembly
connector.
(b) Remove the nut and remove the wire harness with
bracket.
A115129
(c) Remove the 2 nuts and remove the water filler sub-
assembly with hose.
ES
A115130
(d) Remove the bolt and 3 nuts and remove the throttle
with motor body assembly.
A115131
(e) Remove the gasket from the intake manifold.
A115132
Ohmmeter INSPECTION
1. INSPECT THROTTLE WITH MOTOR BODY
ASSEMBLY
(a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Standard resistance
1 (M-) - 2 (M+) 20°C (68°F) 0.3 to 100 Ω
A115133E01
If the result is not as specified, replace the throttle
with motor body assembly.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL THROTTLE WITH MOTOR BODY
ASSEMBLY
(a) Install a new gasket onto the intake manifold.
A115132
(b) Install the throttle with motor body assembly with the
bolt and 3 nuts.
Torque: 9.0 N*m (92 kgf*cm, 80 in.*lbf) ES
A115131
(c) Install the water filler sub-assembly with hose using

the 2 nuts.
Torque: 7.5 N*m (76 kgf*cm, 66 in.*lbf)
A115130
(d) Install the wire harness with bracket using the nut.
(e) Connect the throttle with motor body assembly
connector.
A115129
2. CONNECT NO. 2 WATER BY-PASS HOSE

(a) Connect the No. 2 water by-pass hose.
A115128
3. CONNECT WATER BY-PASS HOSE

(a) Connect the water by-pass hose.
A115127
4. INSTALL AIR CLEANER CAP SUB-ASSEMBLY WITH

NO. 1 AIR CLEANER HOSE
ES (a) Install the air cleaner cap sub-assembly with No. 1
air cleaner hose.
(b) Tighten the hose clamp to the specified torque.
A115126
(c) Connect the wire harness clamp and mass air flow
meter connector.
A115125
(d) Connect the No. 2 ventilation hose.
A115123
(e) Connect the vacuum switching valve assembly

connector and wire harness clamp.
(f) Connect the No. 1 fuel vapor feed hose and No. 2
fuel vapor feed hose to the vacuum switching valve
assembly.
5. ADD ENGINE COOLANT (See page CO-6)
6. INSPECT FOR COOLANT LEAK (See page CO-1)
7. INSTALL NO. 2 CYLINDER HEAD COVER (See page
A130430
IG-10)
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – ECM ES–247
ECM
ENGINE
COMPONENTS
FRONT WIPER
ARM HEAD CAP
FRONT WIPER ARM AND
BLADE ASSEMBLY LH
FRONT WIPER ARM AND
BLADE ASSEMBLY RH FRONT WIPER
ARM HEAD CAP
COWL SIDE VENTILATOR

SUB-ASSEMBLY RH ES
26 (265, 19)
26 (265, 19)
x3
CLIP
COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER

SUB-ASSEMBLY
FRONT AIR SHUTTER

SEAL COWL SIDE VENTILATOR
5.5 (56, 49 in.*lbf) SUB-ASSEMBLY LH
x2
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK
6.5 (66, 58 in.*lbf)

x8
COWL TOP PANEL OUTER

6.5 (66, 58 in.*lbf) CENTER BRACKET
OUTER COWL TOP PANEL
N*m (kgf*cm, ft.*lbf) : Specified torque

A133320E14
ES–248 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – ECM
ES
NO. 2 ECM BRACKET

8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf)
ECM BRACKET
8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf)
x2 ECM
x2
8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf)

A173878E01
REMOVAL
NOTICE:
Replace the ECM with a new one if necessary.
1. REMOVE FRONT WIPER ARM HEAD CAP (See page
WW-6)
2. REMOVE FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE
ASSEMBLY LH (See page WW-6)
ASSEMBLY RH (See page WW-6)
4. REMOVE COWL SIDE VENTILATOR SUB-ASSEMBLY
LH (See page WW-7)

RH (See page WW-7)
6. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-
ASSEMBLY (See page WW-7)
7. REMOVE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK
(See page WW-7)
8. REMOVE FRONT AIR SHUTTER SEAL
(a) Disengage the 3 claws and remove the front air
shutter seal.
ES
A133324
9. REMOVE OUTER COWL TOP PANEL

(a) Disengage the claw and disconnect the wire
harness.
A133322
(b) Remove the 2 bolts and remove the cowl top panel
outer center bracket.
A133326
(c) Remove the 8 bolts and remove the cowl top panel
outer.
A133328
10. REMOVE ECM

(a) Remove the 2 lock knobs and harness clamp.
ES (b) Disconnect the 2 ECM connectors.
A107404
(c) Remove the bolt and 2 nuts and remove the ECM.
A115386
11. REMOVE ECM BRACKET

(a) Remove the 2 screws and the ECM bracket.
A115387
12. REMOVE NO. 2 ECM BRACKET

(a) Remove the 2 screws and the No. 2 ECM bracket.
A115388
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL NO. 2 ECM BRACKET
(a) Install the No. 2 ECM bracket with the 2 screws.
A115388
2. INSTALL ECM BRACKET

(a) Install the ECM bracket with the 2 screws.
ES
A115387
3. INSTALL ECM
(a) Install the ECM with the bolt and 2 nuts.
A115386
(b) Connect the 2 ECM connectors.

(c) Install the 2 lock knobs and harness clamp.
A115385
4. INSTALL OUTER COWL TOP PANEL

(a) Install the cowl top panel outer and install the 8
bolts.
A133328
(b) Install the cowl top panel outer center bracket and
install the 2 bolts.
A133326
(c) Connect the wire harness and engage the claw.
ES
A133322
5. INSTALL FRONT AIR SHUTTER SEAL

(a) Install the front air shutter seal and engage the 3
claws.
6. INSTALL WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK
(See page WW-9)
7. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-
8. INSTALL COWL SIDE VENTILATOR SUB-ASSEMBLY
LH (See page WW-10)
RH (See page WW-10)
10. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE
A133324
12. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM HEAD CAP (See page
WW-12)
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – ACCELERATOR PEDAL ES–253
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
ENGINE
COMPONENTS
ES
5.4 (55, 48 in.*lbf)

x2
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
NO. 1 INSTRUMENT PANEL UNDER

COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
x2

A173879E01
ES–254 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – ACCELERATOR PEDAL
1. INSPECT ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
(b) Turn the ignition switch ON and turn the tester ON.
Engine and ECT / Data List / Accelerator Pedal
Position No. 1 and Accelerator Pedal Position No. 2.
(d) While the accelerator pedal is depressed or
released, check that the values of accelerator pedal
position No. 1 and accelerator pedal position No. 2
are within the specification.
Accelerator Pedal Position No. 1 Standard
ES Voltage
Condition Specified Condition
Accelerator pedal released 0.5 to 1.1 V
Accelerator pedal depressed 2.6 to 4.5 V
Accelerator Pedal Position No. 2 Standard

Voltage
Accelerator pedal released 1.2 to 2.0 V
Accelerator pedal depressed 3.4 to 5.0 V
HINT:
If the results are not as specified, check the
accelerator pedal, wire harness or ECM.
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE NO. 1 INSTRUMENT PANEL UNDER
COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
2. REMOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
(a) Disconnect the accelerator pedal connector.
(b) Remove the 2 bolts and the accelerator pedal.
NOTICE:
• Do not drop or strike the accelerator pedal.
• Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal.
INSTALLATION
NOTICE:
A115383
Avoid any physical shock to the accelerator pedal.
1. INSTALL ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
(a) Install the accelerator pedal with the 2 bolts.
(b) Connect the accelerator pedal connector.
2. INSTALL NO. 1 INSTRUMENT PANEL UNDER COVER
SUB-ASSEMBLY
A115383
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – MASS AIR FLOW METER ES–255
MASS AIR FLOW METER

ENGINE
COMPONENTS
ES
MASS AIR FLOW METER
O-RING
Non-reusable part
A143235E02
ES–256 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – MASS AIR FLOW METER
NOTICE:
• Perform the mass air flow meter inspection in
accordance with the procedures below.
• Only replace the mass air flow meter when any foreign
matter is adhering to the sensor and both MAF values
in the Data List (with the engine stopped) are not
within the normal operating range.
1. INSPECT MASS AIR FLOW METER
(a) Read the values using intelligent tester (MAF).
NOTICE:
• Perform the inspection with the vehicle
ES indoors and on a level surface.
• Perform the inspection of the mass air flow
meter while it is installed into the air cleaner
case (installed on the vehicle).
• During the test, do not use the exhaust air
duct to perform suction on the exhaust pipe.
(2) Turn the ignition switch ON (do not run the
engine).
(3) Turn the tester ON.
(4) Select the following menu items: Powertrain /
Engine and ECT / Data List / MAF.
(5) Wait 30 seconds, and read the values on the
intelligent tester.
Standard condition:
Less than 0.28 g/sec
• If the result is not as specified, replace the
mass air flow meter.
• If the result is within the specified range,
inspect the mass air flow meter (see page
ES-257).
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE MASS AIR FLOW METER
(a) Disconnect the wire harness clamp and mass air
flow meter connector.
A115139
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – MASS AIR FLOW METER ES–257
(b) Remove the 2 screws and the mass air flow meter.
A115140
(c) Remove the O-ring from the mass air flow meter.
ES
A115141
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT MASS AIR FLOW METER
Platinum (a) Using a work light, check that the platinum filament
Hot Wire (heater portion) in the mass air flow meter has no
(heater) foreign matter attached.
OK:
No foreign matter attached.
A146798E03
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL MASS AIR FLOW METER
(a) Install a new O-ring onto the mass air flow meter.
A115141
ES–258 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – MASS AIR FLOW METER
(b) Install the mass air flow meter with the 2 screws.
A115140
(c) Connect the wire harness clamp and mass air flow
meter connector.
ES
A115139
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ES–259

ENGINE
COMPONENTS
ES
8.0 (82, 71 in.*lbf)

A173880E01
ES–260 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(a) Disconnect the engine wire harness clamp and
camshaft position sensor connector.
(b) Remove the bolt and remove the camshaft position
sensor.
A104511
INSPECTION
Ohmmeter 1. INSPECT CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
ES (a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Standard resistance
Tester Connection Condition Resistance
1-2 Cold 1630 to 2740 Ω
1-2 Hot 2065 to 3225 Ω
A115147E01
HINT:
In the table above, the terms Cold and Hot refer to
the temperature of the coils. Cold means
approximately -10 to 50 °C (14 to 122 °F). Hot
means approximately 50 to 100 °C (122 to 212 °F).
If the resistance is not as specified, replace the
camshaft position sensor.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(a) Apply a light coat of engine oil to the O-ring on the
camshaft position sensor.
(b) Install the camshaft position sensor with the bolt.
NOTICE:
Do not twist the O-ring.
A104511
(c) Connect the camshaft position sensor connector
and engine wire harness clamp.
2. INSPECT FOR OIL LEAK
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ES–261

ENGINE
COMPONENTS
ES
ENGINE UNDER COVER RH

5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf) x2
x4
A143242E02
ES–262 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
7.5 (76, 76 in.*lbf)
ES

A173881E01
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ES–263
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE ENGINE UNDER COVER RH (See page CO-
32)
2. REMOVE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(a) Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor
connector.
A143244
ES
(b) Remove the bolt and remove the crankshaft position
sensor.
A143245
Ohmmeter INSPECTION
1. INSPECT CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
the table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 Cold 985 to 1600 Ω
1-2 Hot 1265 to 1890 Ω
A115145E01
HINT:
In the table above, the terms Cold and Hot refer to
the temperature of the coils. Cold means
approximately -10 to 50 °C (14 to 122 °F). Hot
means approximately 50 to 100 °C (122 to 212 °F).
crankshaft position sensor.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(a) Apply a light coat of engine oil to the O-ring on the
crankshaft position sensor.
(b) Install the crankshaft position sensor with the bolt.
NOTICE:
A143245
ES–264 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(c) Connect the crankshaft position sensor connector.

3. INSTALL ENGINE UNDER COVER RH (See page CO-
43)
A143244
ES
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ES–265
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

ENGINE
COMPONENTS
ES
20 (204, 15)
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
GASKET
A173882E01
ES–266 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REMOVAL
2. REMOVE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
connector.
A115149
ES (b) Using SST, remove the engine coolant temperature

sensor.
SST 09817-33190
SST
A115150E01
Ohmmeter INSPECTION
1. INSPECT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(kΩ) (a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 20°C (68°F) 2.32 k to 2.59 kΩ
1-2 80°C (176°F) 0.310 k to 0.326 kΩ
NOTICE:
When checking the engine coolant temperature
sensor in the water, keep the terminals dry. After
the check, wipe the sensor dry.
engine coolant temperature sensor.
°C
INSTALLATION
(°F) 1. INSTALL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
A107631E06 SENSOR
(a) Provisionally install the engine coolant temperature
sensor through a new gasket.
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ES–267
(b) Using SST, tighten the engine coolant temperature

sensor.
SST 09817-33190
Torque: 20 N*m (204 kgf*cm, 15 ft.*lbf)
SST
A115150E01
(c) Connect the engine coolant temperature sensor

connector.
2. ADD ENGINE COOLANT (See page CO-6) ES
A115149
ES–268 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – KNOCK SENSOR
KNOCK SENSOR
ENGINE
COMPONENTS
7.0 (71, 62 in.*lbf)

x4
ES
NO. 2 VENTILATION HOSE
NO. 1 FUEL VAPOR

FEED HOSE
NO. 2 FUEL VAPOR FEED HOSE
AIR CLEANER CAP

SUB-ASSEMBLY WITH
NO. 1 AIR CLEANER
HOSE
A143284E02
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – KNOCK SENSOR ES–269
WATER FILLER SUB-ASSEMBLY

WITH HOSE
7.5 (76, 66 in.*lbf)

x2
THROTTLE WITH MOTOR BODY ASSEMBLY

ES
GASKET 9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf)
x3
9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf)
9.0 (92, 80 in.*lbf)
NO. 2 WATER BY-PASS HOSE
WATER BY-PASS HOSE

A154860E02
KNOCK SENSOR
ES 20 (204, 15)
VENTILATION HOSE
UNION TO CONNECTOR TUBE HOSE

NO. 2 WATER
BY-PASS HOSE
GASKET
30 (304, 22)
30 (304, 22) x3
30 (304, 22)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
A143285E02
REMOVAL
IG-9)
3. REMOVE AIR CLEANER CAP SUB-ASSEMBLY WITH
NO. 1 AIR CLEANER HOSE (See page ES-242)
4. DISCONNECT WATER BY-PASS HOSE (See page ES-
243)
5. DISCONNECT NO. 2 WATER BY-PASS HOSE (See
page ES-243)
6. REMOVE THROTTLE WITH MOTOR BODY
ES
7. REMOVE INTAKE MANIFOLD
(a) Separate the engine wire harness from the intake
manifold.
A115507
(b) Separate the No. 2 water by-pass hose.
A115152
(c) Disconnect the ventilation hose.
A115479
(d) Disconnect the union to connector tube hose.
A115480
(e) Remove the 3 bolts and 2 nuts and remove the

intake manifold.
ES (f) Remove the gasket from the intake manifold.
A105631
8. REMOVE KNOCK SENSOR

(b) Remove the nut and remove the knock sensor.
A115481
INSPECTION
Ohmmeter 1. INSPECT KNOCK SENSOR
the table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 20°C (68°F) 120 to 280 kΩ
A065174E17
If the result is not as specified, replace the knock
sensor.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL KNOCK SENSOR
(a) Install the knock sensor with the nut as shown in the
illustration.
Engine Torque: 20 N*m (204 kgf*cm, 15 ft.*lbf)
Front (b) Connect the knock sensor connector.
2. INSTALL INTAKE MANIFOLD
+/- 30° (a) Install a new gasket onto the intake manifold.
A090881E02
(b) Install the intake manifold with the 3 bolts and 2

nuts.
A105631
(c) Connect the union to connector tube hose.
ES
A115480
(d) Connect the ventilation hose.
A115479
(e) Install the No. 2 water by-pass hose.
A115152
(f) Install the engine wire harness onto the intake

manifold.
3. INSTALL THROTTLE WITH MOTOR BODY
4. CONNECT NO. 2 WATER BY-PASS HOSE (See page
ES-245)
5. CONNECT WATER BY-PASS HOSE (See page ES-
246)
A115507
6. INSTALL AIR CLEANER CAP SUB-ASSEMBLY WITH

NO. 1 AIR CLEANER HOSE (See page ES-246)
7. ADD ENGINE COOLANT (See page CO-6)
IG-10)
ES
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (for Sensor 1) ES–275

ENGINE
COMPONENTS
FRONT WIPER
ARM HEAD CAP
FRONT WIPER ARM AND
BLADE ASSEMBLY LH
FRONT WIPER ARM AND
BLADE ASSEMBLY RH FRONT WIPER
ARM HEAD CAP
COWL SIDE VENTILATOR

SUB-ASSEMBLY RH ES
26 (265, 19)
26 (265, 19)
x3
CLIP
COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER

SUB-ASSEMBLY
FRONT AIR SHUTTER

SEAL COWL SIDE VENTILATOR
5.5 (56, 49 in.*lbf) SUB-ASSEMBLY LH
x2
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK
6.5 (66, 58 in.*lbf)

x8
COWL TOP PANEL OUTER

6.5 (66, 58 in.*lbf) CENTER BRACKET
OUTER COWL TOP PANEL

A133320E14
ES–276 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (for Sensor 1)
ES
44 (449, 32)
* 40 (408, 30)
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR
N*m (kgf*cm, ft*lbf) : Specified torque * For use with SST
A147644E02
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE FRONT WIPER ARM HEAD CAP (See page
WW-6)

LH (See page WW-7)
RH (See page WW-7)
6. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-
7. REMOVE FRONT WIPER MOTOR AND LINK (See
page WW-7) ES
8. REMOVE OUTER COWL TOP PANEL (See page ES-
249)
9. REMOVE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(a) Disconnect the heated oxygen sensor connector
and clamp.
A143236
(b) Using SST, remove the heated oxygen sensor.

SST 09224-00010
A143237
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
Ohmmeter (a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Standard resistance
1 (HT1A) - 2 (+B) 20°C (68°F) 5.3 to 7.5 Ω
1 (HT1A) - 4 (E1) Always 10 kΩ or higher
A094812E01
sensor.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(a) Using SST, Install the heated oxygen sensor.
SST 09224-00010
Torque: without SST
44 N*m (449 kgf*cm, 32 ft.*lbf)
with SST
40 N*m (408 kgf*cm, 30 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
Fulcrum
Length • This torque value can be obtained by using a
torque wrench with a fulcrum length of 300
mm (11.81 in.) and a SST with 30 mm (1.18 in.)
ES (See pageIN-6).
• This torque value is effective when SST is
A157107E01 parallel to the torque wrench.
(b) Connect the heated oxygen sensor connector and

clamp.
2. INSTALL OUTER COWL TOP PANEL (See page ES-
251)
3. INSTALL FRONT WIPER MOTOR AND LINK (See
page WW-9)
4. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-
A143236

LH (See page WW-10)
RH (See page WW-10)
9. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM HEAD CAP (See page
WW-12)
10. INSPECT FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK

ENGINE
COMPONENTS
for Manual Transaxle:
INSTRUMENT PANEL
FINISH PANEL END LH SHIFT LEVER KNOB
SUB-ASSEMBLY
ES
INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER

CENTER FINISH PANEL
CONSOLE BOX UPPER

PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
LOWER INSTRUMENT PAD LH
for Automatic Transaxle:
CONSOLE BOX UPPER

PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
CONSOLE BOX CARPET
x2
x2
CONSOLE BOX UPPER REAR

PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY
CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY
A143312E01
ES
44 (449, 32)
* 40 (408, 30)
NO. 2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
N*m (kgf*cm, ft*lbf) : Specified torque * For use with SST
A143269E02
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER CENTER
FINISH PANEL (See page ME-89)
2. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH PANEL END
LH (See page ME-90)
3. REMOVE SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (for
Manual Transaxle)
4. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX UPPER PANEL SUB-
ASSEMBLY (See page IR-47)
5. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX UPPER REAR PANEL SUB-
6. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX CARPET (See page IR-48)
7. REMOVE CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (See page IR-

48)
8. REMOVE LOWER INSTRUMENT PAD LH (See page
IP-28)
9. REMOVE NO. 2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(a) Disconnect the No. 2 heated oxygen sensor
connector.
(b) Remove the floor carpet.
(c) Remove the grommet and pass the No. 2 heated
oxygen sensor connector out of the cabin through
the floor panel.
A143239
ES
(d) Using SST, remove the No. 2 heated oxygen
sensor.
SST 09224-00010
A147646
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
Ohmmeter (a) Measure the resistance according to the value(s) in
the table below.
Standard resistance
1 (HT1B) - 2 (+B) 20°C (68°F) 11 to 16 Ω
1 (HT1B) - 4 (E1) Always 10 kΩ or higher
A131743E01
heated oxygen sensor.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL NO. 2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(a) Using SST, Install the No. 2 heated oxygen sensor
onto the front exhaust pipe.
SST 09224-00010
Fulcrum Torque: without SST
Length 44 N*m (449 kgf*cm, 32 ft.*lbf)
with SST
40 N*m (408 kgf*cm, 30 ft.*lbf)
NOTICE:
• This torque wrench value can be obtained by
using a torque wrench with a fulcrum length
of 300 mm (11.81 in.) and a SST with a
fulcrum length of 30 mm (1.81 in.) (See
A157108E01 pageIN-6).
• This torque value is effective when SST is

parallel to a torque wrench,
(b) Pass the No. 2 heated oxygen sensor connector
through the floor panel and install the grommet.
(c) Install the carpet.
(d) Connect the No. 2 heated oxygen sensor connector.
2. INSTALL LOWER INSTRUMENT PAD LH (See page
IP-35)
3. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY (See page IR-
51)
4. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX CARPET (See page IR-51)
ES 5. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX UPPER REAR PANEL SUB-
A143239 ASSEMBLY (See page IR-51)
6. INSTALL CONSOLE BOX UPPER PANEL SUB-
7. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY (for
Manual Transaxle)
8. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL FINISH PANEL END
LH (See page ME-93)
9. INSTALL INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER CENTER
FINISH PANEL (See page ME-93)
10. INSPECT FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – INTEGRATION RELAY ES–283
INTEGRATION RELAY
ENGINE
COMPONENTS
NO. 1 RELAY BLOCK COVER
ES
INTEGRATION RELAY
A143264E02
ES–284 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – INTEGRATION RELAY
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE NO. 1 RELAY BLOCK COVER
2. REMOVE INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY
(a) Using a screwdriver with its tip wrapped in
protective tape, disengage the 2 claws and
disconnect the integration relay.
(b) Disconnect the 3 connectors.
ES
A143265
Integration Relay INSPECTION

Fuse Side: 1. INSPECT INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY
(a) Inspect the EFI (20A) fuse.
(1) Disconnect the fuse.
(2) Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance of
the fuse.
EFI (20A) Fuse
Connector Side: Standard resistance:
Below 1 Ω
(b) Inspect the EFI relay.
(1) Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance
between the terminals.
Standard resistance
C B A Tester Connection Condition Resistance
A107023E14 A1 - C1 Below 1 Ω
absent
A1 - A4 10 kΩ or higher
absent
A4 - C1 10 kΩor higher
absent
A1 - A4 between terminals A2 Below 1 Ω
and A3
A4 - C1 between terminals A2 Below 1 Ω
and A3
NOTICE:
While using the battery for the inspection,
do not bring the positive and negative tester
probes too close to each other as a short
circuit may occur.
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – INTEGRATION RELAY ES–285
(c) Inspect the cooling fan relay.

Standard resistance
B5 - B8 10 kΩ or higher
absent
B5 - B8 applied to terminals B6 Below 1 Ω
and B7
NOTICE:
While using the battery for the inspection,
do not bring the positive and negative tester
probes too close to each other as a short ES
circuit may occur.
C B A
A125205E02
(d) Inspect the horn relay.

(1) Remove the horn fuse.
Battery Standard resistance
10 kΩ or higher
absent
A8 - T6
Battery voltage applied
Below 1 Ω
to terminals A7 and T6
Ohmmeter
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL INTEGRATION NO.1 RELAY
(a) Connect the 3 connectors.
(b) Attach the integration relay to the engine room relay
block.
2. INSTALL NO. 1 RELAY BLOCK COVER
T6 A8
A7
A157115E01
2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL CONTROL VALVE

ES–286 ASSEMBLY
CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY

ENGINE
COMPONENTS
7.0 (71, 62 in.*lbf)

x4

ES
5.0 (51, 44 in.*lbf) x2
ENGINE UNDER COVER RH

x4
A173883E01

ASSEMBLY ES–287
ES
19 (189, 14)
54 (551, 40)
FAN AND GENERATOR V BELT

A116199E03

ES–288 ASSEMBLY
CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL

O-RING CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
ES
7.5 (76, 66 in.*lbf)
11 (112, 8)
19 (189, 14)
FAN BELT
ADJUSTING BAR
Non-reusable part
A116180E06

ASSEMBLY ES–289
REMOVAL
1. REMOVE ENGINE UNDER COVER RH (See page CO-
32)
IG-9)
3. REMOVE FAN & GENERATOR V BELT (See page EM-
9)
4. REMOVE FAN BELT ADJUSTING BAR
(a) Remove the bolt and nut and remove the fan belt
adjusting bar.
ES
A115508
5. REMOVE CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL CONTROL VALVE

ASSEMBLY
(a) Disconnect the camshaft timing oil control valve
assembly connector.
A116177
(b) Remove the bolt and remove the camshaft timing oil
control valve assembly.
A116178
(c) Remove the O-ring from the camshaft timing oil

control valve assembly.
A116179

ES–290 ASSEMBLY
Ohmmeter
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL CONTROL VALVE
ASSEMBLY
the table below.
Standard resistance
1-2 20 °C (68°F) 6.9 to 7.9 Ω
A093602E02
If the result is not as specified, replace the oil control
valve assembly.
(b) Check the operation.
ES (1) Connect the positive (+) battery lead to terminal
1 and the negative (-) lead to terminal 2, and
check the movement of the valve.
OK
Valve moves to the left as shown in
Battery positive (+) voltage applied
the illustration
Battery Valve moves to the right as shown in
Battery positive (+) voltage cut off
A099422E01 the illustration
If the result is not as specified, replace the oil

control valve.
NOTICE:
If the valve cannot return properly because
of foreign matter intrusion, a small amount
of leakage in the advanced direction may
occur and a DTC may be output.
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALL CAMSHAFT TIMING OIL CONTROL VALVE
ASSEMBLY
(a) Apply a light coat of engine oil to a new O-ring and
install it onto the camshaft timing oil control valve
assembly.
NOTICE:
A116179
(b) Install the camshaft timing oil control valve

assembly with the bolt.
A116178

ASSEMBLY ES–291
(c) Connect the camshaft timing oil control valve

assembly connector.
A116177
2. INSTALL FAN BELT ADJUSTING BAR

(a) Provisionally install the fan belt adjusting bar with
the bolt and nut.
(b) Tighten the nut to the specified torque.
ES
3. INSTALL FAN & GENERATOR V BELT (See page EM-
9)
4. ADJUST FAN & GENERATOR V BELT (See page EM-
A115508 9)
5. INSPECT FAN & GENERATOR V BELT (See page EM-
8)
IG-10)
8. INSTALL ENGINE UNDER COVER RH (See page CO-
43)

2nz-Fe Engine Control System

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2nz-Fe Engine Control System

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

01_005-2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.

book i ページ ２０１０年１月２０日 水曜日 午後８時１１分

2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM ES–1

ES–2 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM

MASS AIR FLOW METER

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY

ENGINE ROOM RELAY BLOCK AND JUNCTION BLOCK

(IG2 RELAY, EFI RELAY)

2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM ES–3

KNOCK SENSOR ENGINE COOLANT

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

ES–4 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM

COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY

MAIN BODY ECU

- IGN FUSE CLUTCH START SWITCH

2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM ES–5

IGT2 No.2 Ignition Coil

IGT3 No.3 Ignition Coil

ES–6 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM

2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM ES–7

VCPA To CAN BUS

NE- M Cooling Fan Motor

Crankshaft Position Sensor

ES–8 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM

To DEF Relay ELS3 OC1+

HOW TO PROCEED WITH

1 VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP

2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM ES–9

2 CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS

3 CONNECT INTELLIGENT TESTER TO DLC3*

5 CLEAR DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA* (See page ES-32)

6 CONDUCT VISUAL INSPECTION

7 SET CHECK MODE DIAGNOSIS* (See page ES-35)

8 CONFIRM PROBLEM SYMPTOMS

ES–10 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM

9 SIMULATE SYMPTOMS (See page IN-42)

10 CHECK FOR DTC* (See page ES-32)

11 REFER TO DTC CHART (See page ES-45)

12 CONDUCT BASIC INSPECTION (See page ES-12)

13 REFER TO PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE (See page ES-13)

2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM ES–11

14 CHECK ECM POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT (See page ES-192)

15 CONDUCT CIRCUIT INSPECTION

16 CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT PROBLEMS (See page ES-12)

17 CONDUCT PARTS INSPECTION

19 ADJUST AND/OR REPAIR

20 CONDUCT CONFIRMATION TEST

ES–12 2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM

CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT

1 CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE

NG CHARGE OR REPLACE BATTERY

2 CHECK WHETHER ENGINE CRANKS

NG PROCEED TO PROBLEM SYMPTOMS

3 CHECK WHETHER ENGINE STARTS

2NZ-FE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM – SFI SYSTEM ES–13

4 CHECK AIR FILTER

(a) Visually check that the air filter is not excessively

5 CHECK IDLING SPEED (See page EM-2)

6 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE (See page FU-6)

NG TROUBLESHOOT FUEL PRESSURE AND

7 CHECK FOR SPARKS (See page IG-3)

book i ページ２０１０年１月２０日水曜日午後８時１１分